Biology 20-23 Paper 4

2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of an insect‑pollinated flower.
A B
Cambridge IGCSE™
C
G
D
* 1 5 9 3 7 3 1 6 8 6 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43 E
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2023 F

1 hour 15 minutes
You must answer on the question paper.
No additional materials are needed.

Fig. 1.1
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions. (i) Using the information in Fig. 1.1, complete Table 1.1.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. Table 1.1
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. structure in Fig. 1.1 name function
● Do not write on any bar codes.
● You may use a calculator.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units. A
INFORMATION
● The total mark for this paper is 80.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
B
[3]
(ii) State the names of the two structures that form the stamen in a flowering plant.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
This document has 16 pages. 2 ........................................................................................................................................

m
m
co
co
[1]
e.
e.
at
at
DC (RW/SG) 312800/3
-m
-m
© UCLES 2023 [Turn over
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/43/O/N/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) (i) Describe the stages in the reproduction of a flowering plant, from self‑pollination to 2 (a) Fig. 2.1 is a diagram of a cross‑section of part of a leaf.
fertilisation.
J
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... K
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5] Fig. 2.1

(ii) Outline the advantages and disadvantages of self‑pollination compared with Identify and explain how the structures labelled J and K are adapted for photosynthesis.
cross‑pollination.
J ................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
K ...............................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... [4]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 13]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/43/O/N/23 [Turn over © UCLES 2023 0610/43/O/N/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(b) In an experiment, thale cress plants (Arabidopsis thaliana) were grown in normal atmospheric 3 (a) (i) Complete Table 3.1 by writing in the percentages of carbon dioxide and oxygen in
and high carbon dioxide concentrations. The transpiration rate, the mean number of chloroplasts inspired air and in expired air.
per cell and the concentrations of starch and magnesium ions were measured.
Table 3.1
The results are shown in Table 2.1.
component percentage in inspired air percentage in expired air
Table 2.1
carbon dioxide
normal carbon dioxide high carbon dioxide
factor measured
concentration concentration
oxygen
transpiration rate / AU 8.1 5.6
[2]
mean number of chloroplasts
8 11 (ii) A scientist measured the number of dust particles in inspired air and in expired air.
per cell
concentration of starch They found fewer dust particles in expired air.
38 67
/ µg per mg of leaf
Suggest a reason for their observation.
concentration of magnesium ions
2.7 2.3
/ mg per g of leaf ...........................................................................................................................................
Complete the sentences about the data shown in Table 2.1. ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Table 2.1 shows that increasing the carbon dioxide concentration caused more starch to be
produced in the leaves. This shows that, at a normal carbon dioxide concentration, carbon
dioxide is a ............................................................................ for photosynthesis.
During photosynthesis, ...................................... molecules of carbon dioxide are required to
make one molecule of glucose.
The greater quantity of starch stored in the leaves grown in a high carbon dioxide concentration
means, when needed, more sucrose can be produced for transport in the phloem, so the
leaves act as a ...................................... .
The greater number of chloroplasts per cell in the leaves grown in the higher carbon dioxide
concentration means that more energy can be absorbed from ...................................... and
transferred to ...................................... energy.
The transpiration rate is lower when the carbon dioxide concentration is higher. This means
reduced loss of ............................................................................ from the leaves.
Magnesium ion concentration is lower in these leaves because they have used the magnesium
m
m
ions to make ...................................... .
co
co
[7]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 11]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(b) Fig. 3.1 is a diagram of alveoli and associated blood vessels. (c) A student measured the rate and depth of breathing of an athlete for 30 seconds at rest.
The data are shown in Fig. 3.2.
5
alveoli
4
bronchiole
3 one
volume of air breathed breath
capillary in and out / dm3
2
1
Fig. 3.1
0 10 20 30
(i) Explain how the structure of a capillary is related to its function.
time / seconds
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.2
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Using the information in Fig. 3.2, calculate the rate of breathing at rest.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ........................... breaths per minute [1]
........................................................................................................................................... The measurements were repeated while the athlete was running on a treadmill.
..................................................................................................................................... [3] The data are shown in Fig. 3.3.
(ii) State the name of the component of blood that transports oxygen. 5
..................................................................................................................................... [1] 4
(iii) State the name of the blood vessel that transports blood from the heart towards the
3
capillaries in the lungs. volume of air breathed
in and out / dm3
..................................................................................................................................... [1] 2
(iv) State the location and function of cartilage in the breathing system. 1
location ..............................................................................................................................
0 10 20 30
function .............................................................................................................................. time / seconds
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.3
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) Using the information in Fig. 3.3, calculate the volume of air inspired in one breath from
[2] 25 seconds.
m
m
co
co
................................................... dm3 [1]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(iii) Explain the effect of exercise on the rate and depth of breathing shown in Fig. 3.2 and 4 (a) Complete the sentences about the control of body temperature.
Fig. 3.3.
........................................................................................................................................... The human body maintains a constant internal temperature. This is an example of
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................... . When the temperature moves away from the set point,
........................................................................................................................................... the mechanism of .............................................................................................. returns the
........................................................................................................................................... temperature to the set point.

[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Fig. 4.1 is a diagram of a section of human skin.
...........................................................................................................................................
J K
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... O
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 16]
N L
Fig. 4.1
(i) State the names of the structures labelled L, O and J in Fig. 4.1.
L ........................................................................................................................................
O .......................................................................................................................................
J ........................................................................................................................................
[3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Describe how humans maintain a constant body temperature when the external 5 (a) State two cell structures found in both animal and bacterial cells.
temperature decreases.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
Use the structures labelled in Fig. 4.1 in your answer.
2 ................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... [2]
........................................................................................................................................... (b) State why bacteria are useful in biotechnology.
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
........................................................................................................................................... (c) Genetically modified bacteria were grown in a fermenter. The number of bacteria was
measured, and the data are shown in Fig. 5.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
11
...........................................................................................................................................
10
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
9
(c) Blood glucose concentration is maintained at a constant set point using the hormones
glucagon and insulin.
8
(i) State the organ that secretes glucagon.
7
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
6
number of bacteria
(ii) Describe the effect of glucagon on the body. / million cells per cm3
5
...........................................................................................................................................
4
...........................................................................................................................................
3
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
2
[Total: 13]
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
m
m
time / hours
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
Fig. 5.1
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(i) On Fig. 5.1, draw an X to identify the lag phase. [1] 6 (a) Xerophytes are plants that are adapted for an environment which has very little available
water.
(ii) On Fig. 5.1, draw a Y to show where the birth rate is equal to the death rate. [1]
Describe the meaning of adaptation.
(iii) Calculate how long it takes for the number of bacteria to reduce by half after the bacteria
have been in the fermenter for 24 hours. ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................ hours [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(iv) Describe and explain the change in bacterial population size from 24 hours to 50 hours
shown in Fig. 5.1.
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Fig. 6.1 is a photograph of a saguaro cactus, Carnegiea gigantea, which lives in a desert.
........................................................................................................................................... The climate in a desert has very low rainfall and very high daytime temperatures.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(v) The fermenter is kept at the optimum temperature for the bacteria.
Explain why this is important for enzyme function.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(vi) State why the bacteria are grown in a liquid that contains amino acids.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 15]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Describe two visible adaptive features shown in Fig. 6.1 and explain how each feature is (d) There are xerophytic forests which are threatened by human overexploitation.
beneficial for living in a desert.
Suggest reasons why it is important to conserve xerophytic ecosystems.
feature 1 ...................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
feature 2 ...................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
explanation ...............................................................................................................................
[Total: 12]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[4]
(c) Table 6.1 shows some data about stomatal density in the leaves of one plant that is not a
xerophyte and three xerophyte plants.
Table 6.1
number of stomata per mm2

species plant type
upper leaf surface lower leaf surface
oak tree not a xerophyte 94 503
tongue leaf plant xerophyte 0 18
lace aloe xerophyte 2 15
ice plant xerophyte 0 42
(i) Using the information in Table 6.1, estimate the total number of stomata in an ice plant
leaf with a lower leaf surface area of 8 cm2.
.................................. stomata [1]
(ii) Explain the data shown in Table 6.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
Permission to reproduce items where third‑party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
........................................................................................................................................... reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer‑related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
co
co
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
at
at
-m
-m
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of Cambridge Assessment. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of Cambridge
..................................................................................................................................... [2] Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is a department of the University of Cambridge.
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Red blood cells are specialised cells that transport oxygen.
State the substance in red blood cells that combines with oxygen.
Cambridge IGCSE™ ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) State the name of the component of blood that promotes blood clotting.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Some students investigated the effect of immersing red blood cells in different concentrations
of salt solution.
* 4 5 7 8 5 4 0 0 0 0 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42 They measured the diameters of samples of red blood cells and calculated the mean.
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2023 They then immersed each red blood cell sample in a different concentration of salt solution.
1 hour 15 minutes
After two minutes they measured and calculated the mean of the samples again.
Table 1.1 shows the results.
Table 1.1
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions. mean diameter of the
percentage concentration mean initial diameter
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. red blood cells after two
of the salt solution of the red blood cells / µm
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. minutes / µm
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. 0.4 7.5 cells burst
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units. 0.8 7.5 8.2
0.9 7.5 7.5

INFORMATION
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. 1.8 7.5 6.0
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in the mean diameter of red blood cells that were
immersed in the 0.8% salt solution.
Give your answer to two significant figures.
Space for working.
This document has 20 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (LK/CB) 312799/3 ............................................................ %
-m
-m
© UCLES 2023 [Turn over [3]
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/42/O/N/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(ii) Explain the results for the red blood cells that were immersed in the 1.8% salt solution. 2 Fig. 2.1 is a photograph of some leaves of a water lily, which is a hydrophyte. The water lily has
adaptive features that are found in many different hydrophytes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) State why there was no change in the mean diameter of the red blood cells immersed in
the 0.9% salt solution.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.1
..................................................................................................................................... [1] (a) Describe what is meant by an adaptive feature.
(d) State why red blood cells burst when immersed in pure water but plant cells do not. ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1] ...................................................................................................................................................
(e) State two uses of water in a plant. ............................................................................................................................................. [2]
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 12]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(b) Fig. 2.2 is a photomicrograph of a cross-section of a part of a water lily leaf. (c) A scientist calculated the mean number of stomata per mm2 in the upper and lower epidermis
in tomato plants and water lily plants. Tomato plants are a type of terrestrial plant.
A Table 2.1
mean number of stomata per mm2
plant in upper epidermis in lower epidermis
tomato 10 129
B
water lily 475 0
(i) Compare and explain the differences in the mean number of stomata in a tomato plant
and in a water lily plant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
C
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.2
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) State the names of the parts labelled A, B and C in Fig. 2.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
A ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
B ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
C ........................................................................................................................................
[3] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain how part C in Fig. 2.2 adapts the hydrophyte for its environment. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [5]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) State the name of the cells that control the opening and closing of stomata.
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 14]
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
BLANK PAGE 3 Fig. 3.1 is a diagram of the junction between two neurones in a healthy person.
Fig. 3.2 is a diagram of the junction between the same two neurones in a person who has
Parkinson’s disease. This disease affects the nervous system.
neurotransmitter
neurotransmitter
Y
receptor protein
receptor protein
Fig. 3.1 Fig. 3.2
(a) Identify the parts labelled X and Y in Fig. 3.2.
X ...............................................................................................................................................
Y ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Parkinson’s disease affects neurones in the brain that are responsible for movement.
Using the information in Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2, suggest and explain the effect of Parkinson’s
disease on a person’s movement.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(c) Describe two ways nervous control differs from hormonal control. 4 A scientist investigated the effect of temperature on the rate of photosynthesis in one species of
plant.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
Photosynthesis involves enzyme-controlled reactions.
...................................................................................................................................................
Discs were cut from a leaf and kept at different temperatures.
2 ................................................................................................................................................
The total surface area of the discs was kept the same for each temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................
[2] The volume of oxygen that was produced by the leaf discs was measured and used to estimate
the rate of photosynthesis.
(d) (i) The shape of the receptor proteins shown in Fig. 3.1 and Fig. 3.2 is important for their
function. The results are shown in Fig. 4.1.
Explain how the shape of the receptor proteins is determined. 40
........................................................................................................................................... 35
...........................................................................................................................................
30
........................................................................................................................................... rate of
photosynthesis 25
........................................................................................................................................... / arbitrary units
20
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
15
(ii) Cell membranes also contain protein carriers. Describe the role of protein carriers.
10
........................................................................................................................................... 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
temperature / °C
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 4.1
........................................................................................................................................... (a) Identify the optimum temperature for photosynthesis in Fig. 4.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ..................................................... °C [1]
[Total: 13]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(b) Explain the results shown in Fig. 4.1. (e) Describe the role of chlorophyll in photosynthesis.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [2]
................................................................................................................................................... [Total: 12]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(c) Carbon dioxide was supplied in excess at each temperature during the investigation.
Explain why.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Suggest why not all of the oxygen produced by the leaf is released.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
BLANK PAGE 5 (a) Describe two ways in which the circulatory system of a fish is different from the circulatory
system of a mammal.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Explain the advantages of a double circulatory system.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Fig. 5.1 shows part of the circulatory system of a mammal.
hepatic artery
X
C
renal vein D
m
m
co
co
E
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
Fig. 5.1
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(i) State the letter from Fig. 5.1 that identifies where these processes occur: 6 (a) State the names of two hormones released by the ovaries.
absorption of the products of digestion into the blood ....................................................... 1 ................................................................................................................................................
excretion of carbon dioxide from the body ........................................................................ 2 ................................................................................................................................................

[2]
formation of urine ..............................................................................................................
(b) During pregnancy, antibodies are acquired by the fetus from the mother.
production of bile. . .............................................................................................................
[4] State the organ the antibodies cross to reach the fetus.
(ii) Identify the name of the blood vessel labelled X in Fig. 5.1. ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [1] (c) A baby was breastfed for six months. The concentration of antibodies in the baby’s blood
obtained from breast milk and the concentration of antibodies made by the baby itself were
(d) Describe the role of the liver in excretion. measured.
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1 shows the results.
................................................................................................................................................... 100
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
80
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
60
concentration
...................................................................................................................................................
of antibodies in
the baby’s blood
...................................................................................................................................................
/ arbitrary units
40
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 14]
breastfeeding
20 stopped
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
age of the baby / months
Key:
antibodies acquired by the baby from the mother
antibodies produced by the baby
Fig. 6.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(i) Complete the sentences to describe the changes in antibody concentration in the baby. (d) Explain the importance of the shape of an antibody.
After birth the concentration of antibodies acquired from the mother decreases ...................................................................................................................................................
rapidly to 0 arbitrary units at ....................................... months. ...................................................................................................................................................
Antibodies start being produced by cells called ....................................... in the baby ...................................................................................................................................................
immediately after birth. ...................................................................................................................................................
The total concentration of antibodies in the baby from both sources is ...................................................................................................................................................
....................................... arbitrary units at 4 months. ...................................................................................................................................................
The concentration of antibodies acquired from the mother and the concentration of ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
antibodies produced by the baby are the same at ....................................... months. (e) Antibodies are proteins.
[4]
State the chemical elements present in all proteins that are also found in carbohydrates and
(ii) Describe the benefits of breastfeeding a baby for the first six months of life. fats.
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 15]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State two ways, other than breastfeeding, that a baby can acquire immunity.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 shows the changes in the concentration of two hormones involved in the
menstrual cycle.
Cambridge IGCSE™ Key

Y
Z
* 7 1 3 4 6 1 7 4 9 4 *
concentration
BIOLOGY 0610/41 of hormone
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2023
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions. 0 7 14 21 28
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. day of menstrual cycle
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page.
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. Fig. 1.1
● You may use a calculator. (i) State the names of the hormones Y and Z in Fig. 1.1.
● You should show all your working and use appropriate units.
Y ..............................................................................................................................
INFORMATION Z ..............................................................................................................................
● The total mark for this paper is 80. [2]
(ii) On Fig. 1.1, sketch a line to show the levels of progesterone through the 28-day
menstrual cycle. [2]
(iii) State the day in the 28-day menstrual cycle when the egg is most likely to be
released from a follicle.
........................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) State the main site of progesterone production during pregnancy.
........................................................................................................................... [1]
This document has 16 pages.

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (LK/CT) 312798/3
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/41/O/N/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) Egg cells are contained in follicles in the ovary. 2 (a) The small intestine is lined with many villi and is adapted to absorb glucose.
At the start of the menstrual cycle, a follicle has an average diameter of 29 µm. Fig. 2.1 shows two villi from the lining of the small intestine.
Just before an egg is released from the follicle, the follicle has an average diameter of 22 mm.
Calculate the percentage increase in the average diameter of the follicle from the start of the
menstrual cycle, until just before an egg is released.
M
Step 1 Convert the average starting diameter of a follicle to millimetres (mm).
......................................................... mm
Step 2 Calculate the percentage increase.
Fig. 2.1
............................................................ %
(i) State the name of structure N in Fig. 2.1.
Step 3 Give your answer to three significant figures.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
............................................................ % (ii) Cell M in Fig. 2.1 secretes mucus.

[4]
State the name of cell M.
(c) Once an egg cell has been released from a follicle it can be fertilised by a sperm cell.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
State three adaptive features of a sperm cell.
(iii) State one other place in the body where mucus secreting cells are found.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
2 ................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 13]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(iv) Describe and explain how the structure of a villus is adapted for its function. (d) Some cells in the small intestine have many mitochondria.
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.2 shows the variation in the average number of mitochondria found in three different
types of cell.
...........................................................................................................................................
1800
...........................................................................................................................................
1600
...........................................................................................................................................
1400
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 1200
average
........................................................................................................................................... 1000
number of
mitochondria
........................................................................................................................................... per cell 800
..................................................................................................................................... [4] 600
(b) State the name of the main blood vessel that takes blood from the small intestine to the liver.
400
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
200
(c) All cells develop from stem cells.
0
Describe what is meant by the term stem cell. heart muscle mature red blood cell epithelium in the
small intestine
................................................................................................................................................... type of cell
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.2
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
Explain the differences in the average number of mitochondria in each type of cell. 3 (a) (i) Frogs are classified as amphibians.
................................................................................................................................................... State two features of amphibians that distinguish them from all other vertebrates.
................................................................................................................................................... 1 ........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Fig. 3.1 is a photograph of a cross-section of a frog’s eye.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
G
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
[Total: 15] H
Fig. 3.1
Identify the structures labelled G and H in Fig. 3.1.
G .......................................................................................................................................
H ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(b) Fig. 3.2 is a diagram of a rod cell and a cone cell from a human eye. (c) Fig. 3.3 is a graph showing the distribution of rod cells and cone cells across the retina in a
human eye.
rod cell
Key
synaptic endings cone cells
rod cells
M K number of
cone cell receptors
L mitochondrion distance across the retina
Fig. 3.2 Fig. 3.3
(i) Identify cell structures K, L and M in Fig. 3.2. (i) On Fig. 3.3 draw:
K ........................................................................................................................................ • the letter P to show the location of the fovea
L ........................................................................................................................................ • the letter Q to show the location of the blind spot.

[2]
M .......................................................................................................................................
[3] (ii) Describe and explain the distribution of rod cells and cone cells shown in Fig. 3.3.
(ii) State the names of the two parts of the mammalian central nervous system. ...........................................................................................................................................
1 ........................................................................................................................................ ...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................ ...........................................................................................................................................
[1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(iii) Some mammals are nocturnal which means they are active at night and sleep during the 4 Mitosis and meiosis are both important processes for life.
day.
(a) Complete the sentences about mitosis and meiosis.
Suggest how the number and distribution of rod cells and cone cells across the retina of
a nocturnal mammal would differ from a human retina.
Mitosis is a type of nuclear division which produces genetically identical cells.
...........................................................................................................................................
It is important for growth, ........................................... of tissues and
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................... reproduction.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
Just before mitosis the chromosomes are replicated and then the chromosomes
[Total: 17]
........................................... so that the chromosome number is maintained in each
daughter cell.
Meiosis is another type of nuclear division that is involved in the production of
gametes. The chromosome number is halved from ........................................... to
haploid resulting in genetically different cells. The fusion of the nuclei of two gametes
formed by meiosis forms a ........................................... . This process is known as
........................................... .
[6]
(b) Mutations are a source of genetic variation in a population.
(i) Describe what is meant by a gene mutation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State two examples of how mutation rates can be increased.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
5 Fig. 5.1 shows the changes in the percentage of the total global fish stocks that are overfished (b) Overfishing is one reason why populations of fish decline.
and those that are sustainable.
Explain the risks to a species if its population size decreases.
100
...................................................................................................................................................
90
...................................................................................................................................................
80
...................................................................................................................................................
70 ...................................................................................................................................................
60 Key ...................................................................................................................................................
percentage of
the total sustainable
50 ...................................................................................................................................................
global fish
overfished
stocks
40 ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Describe and explain how fish stocks can be managed sustainably and how overfishing can
30
be prevented through conservation.
20 ...................................................................................................................................................
10 ...................................................................................................................................................
0 ...................................................................................................................................................
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
year ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 5.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(a) Use the information in Fig. 5.1 to:
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) State the percentage of fish stocks that were sustainable in 2020.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................... % [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) State which five-year period had the greatest increase in sustainable fish populations.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
[Total: 11]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
6 (a) Fig. 6.1 is a diagram showing how glucose is used by different organisms. (v) Sucrose and amino acids are transported around a plant.
cellulose State the name of:
sucrose • the process by which sucrose is transported around a plant

starch
• the tissue that transports sucrose and amino acids around a plant
• the mineral ion that is used to make amino acids.

carbon dioxide alcohol
process ..............................................................................................................................
and glucose and
water 3 1 carbon dioxide
tissue .................................................................................................................................
mineral ion .........................................................................................................................

[3]
2
(b) In humans, the build-up of lactic acid creates an oxygen debt.
(i) State the body tissue that produces the most lactic acid during vigorous exercise.
lactic acid
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Fig. 6.1
(ii) The oxygen debt needs to be removed after exercise.
(i) State the number or numbers from Fig. 6.1 that identify the processes that:
State how the breathing and circulatory systems act to remove the oxygen debt.
• release the most energy per glucose molecule ..........................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
• take place in yeast cells. .............................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State the balanced chemical equation for anaerobic respiration in a yeast cell.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State the names of two enzymes that are needed to break down starch into glucose in
(iii) State the name of the organ which breaks down lactic acid.
humans.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
1 ........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14]
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iv) State the main use of the molecule cellulose in a plant.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
m
m
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is a department of the University of Cambridge.
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) The movement of molecules within an organism can occur by diffusion and active transport.
Complete Table 1.1 by placing ticks (3) to show the correct features of each process.
Cambridge IGCSE™ Table 1.1
active
feature diffusion
transport
movement of particles always occurs across a cell membrane
movement of molecules during gas exchange

* 4 9 4 6 1 0 0 9 5 4 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43
rate of movement of particles is higher when the concentration
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) May/June 2023 gradient is larger
1 hour 15 minutes
requires energy from respiration
[4]
(b) Explain why active transport is important in root hair cells.
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions. ...................................................................................................................................................
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. ...................................................................................................................................................
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. ...................................................................................................................................................
● You may use a calculator. ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................................................
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 7]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (KN/FC) 311949/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/43/M/J/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
2 Transpiration is the loss of water vapour from the leaves of a plant. (c) A student investigated the effect of wind speed on the rate of transpiration in a small
Pachira aquatica tree.
(a) Complete the sentence describing transpiration.
They measured the rate of transpiration when the plant was placed in different wind speeds
Water evaporates from the surfaces of the ............................................... cells into the air in both the light and the dark. The tree was given an adequate supply of water.
spaces and then ............................................... out of the leaves, through the stomata, as The results of this investigation are shown in Fig. 2.1.
water vapour. 7
[2]
6
(b) Explain how water moves upwards in the xylem.
5
...................................................................................................................................................
rate of 4
...................................................................................................................................................
transpiration
/ g per hr 3
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 2
................................................................................................................................................... 1
................................................................................................................................................... 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
wind speed / m per s
light dark
Fig. 2.1
(i) Describe and explain the results shown in Fig. 2.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/43/M/J/23 [Turn over © UCLES 2023 0610/43/M/J/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(ii) The investigation was repeated in the light with the same species of tree in an 3 Fig. 3.1 is a diagram of a section through a human heart.
environment where the humidity was higher.
A
Draw a line on Fig. 2.1 to predict the results in the light with increased humidity. [1]
(iii) The investigation described in 2(c) was repeated (different wind speeds in both the light
and the dark).
However, the tree was not given an adequate supply of water during the investigation.
Predict the result and explain your prediction.
........................................................................................................................................... B
........................................................................................................................................... C
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.1

........................................................................................................................................... (a) Draw an X on the septum in Fig. 3.1. [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (b) Explain the reason for the difference between the thickness of the walls at B and at C in
Fig. 3.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14]
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(c) A red blood cell enters the vena cava at A in Fig. 3.1. (d) An athlete measured her heart rate during a running race. She recorded it before the race,
during the race and during her recovery.
Explain how the red blood cell is moved from the vena cava to the aorta.
Her results are shown in Fig. 3.2.
...................................................................................................................................................
200
...................................................................................................................................................
180
...................................................................................................................................................
160
...................................................................................................................................................
140
...................................................................................................................................................
heart rate
................................................................................................................................................... / beats per 120
minute
................................................................................................................................................... 100
................................................................................................................................................... 80
................................................................................................................................................... 60
................................................................................................................................................... 40
0 5 10 15 20
...................................................................................................................................................
time / minutes
................................................................................................................................................... start end
of race of race
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
Fig. 3.2
(i) Suggest how the athlete could monitor the activity of her heart.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Calculate the percentage change in heart rate from the maximum heart rate reached
during the race until the heart rate recorded at 18 minutes.
Give your answer to three significant figures.
Space for working.

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
............................................................ %
-m
-m
[3]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(iii) Explain why heart rate must increase during exercise. 4 (a) Urea is a waste product.
........................................................................................................................................... (i) Describe how urea is formed.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3] ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 16] (ii) State the component of blood that transports urea.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State why urea must be excreted.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) State the name of the blood vessel that carries blood away from the kidney.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Fig. 4.1 shows a drawing of a nephron in the human kidney and associated blood vessels.
K
L
M
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
Fig. 4.1
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
Describe how the structures labelled in Fig. 4.1 produce urine. 5 (a) Describe the role of progesterone in pregnancy.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
................................................................................................................................................... (b) Fig. 5.1 shows a drawing of a section of a human placenta. The arrows show the direction of
blood flow.
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
maternal artery
(c) Urea can be used as a fertiliser as it is a source of nitrogen. from mother
to mother maternal vein
Explain the importance of nitrate ions to plants.
...................................................................................................................................................
space filled
................................................................................................................................................... with maternal fetal capillary
blood
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) A farmer applied fertiliser to a field next to a lake.
Suggest two precautions the farmer should take when applying fertiliser to reduce the risk of
eutrophication occurring in the lake.
umbilical
1 ................................................................................................................................................
arteries
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2] from fetus
to fetus
[Total: 13] from fetus
umbilical vein
not to scale
Fig. 5.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
Substances move across the placenta by diffusion. 6 (a) Fig. 6.1 shows the percentage of land covered by forest in a country from 1660 until 2000.
(i) State the names of two useful substances that move from the blood of the mother to the 30
blood of the fetus.
28
1 ........................................................................................................................................
26
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
24
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 5.1, suggest how the placenta is adapted for efficient
diffusion. 22
percentage of
........................................................................................................................................... land covered 20
by forest
........................................................................................................................................... 18
........................................................................................................................................... 16
........................................................................................................................................... 14
...........................................................................................................................................
12
...........................................................................................................................................
10
1650 1750 1850 1950 2050
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
year
(c) The Rhesus (Rh) factor is a protein that is found on the surface of red blood cells in some
people. If the protein is present then the individual is Rh positive. Fig. 6.1
The allele for the presence of the Rh factor is dominant and is represented by the letter D. (i) Using the information in Fig. 6.1, state which 10-year period had the highest increase in
The recessive allele is represented by the letter d. the percentage of land covered by forest.
If a mother is Rh negative and the fetus is Rh positive there can be problems during pregnancy. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
A Rh negative mother and a heterozygous Rh positive father have a child. (ii) Outline how human activities could cause the change in the percentage of land covered
by forest from 1660 to 1800 shown in Fig. 6.1.
Complete the Punnett square and determine the probability of the child being Rh positive.
...........................................................................................................................................
father’s gametes
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
mother’s gametes
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
probability .................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
[3]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 11]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(b) It is estimated that 40% of plant species are at risk of extinction. (iii) Describe why conservation projects such as seed banks are important.
Seed banks can store seeds from many species for a long time. ...........................................................................................................................................
Table 6.1 shows some information about one plant species that is stored in a seed bank. ...........................................................................................................................................
Table 6.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
mass of one seed / g percentage oil content percentage protein content ...........................................................................................................................................
1.96 71 11 ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Using the data shown in Table 6.1, calculate the mass of protein in one seed.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
....................................................... g [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest why many plants can easily be conserved using seed banks.
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17
7 (a) State the name of a chemical element that is found in all proteins but not in carbohydrates or
fats.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
Cambridge IGCSE™
(b) Table 7.1 shows the names of some biological molecules, enzymes and the organs that
produce the enzymes.
Complete Table 7.1.
Table 7.1
enzyme that
* 7 9 8 3 3 0 5 3 1 6 *
products of the
catalyses the BIOLOGY 0610/41
large biological breakdown of the organ that produces
breakdown of the
molecule large biological the enzyme Paper 4 Theory (Extended) May/June 2023
large biological
molecule
molecule 1 hour 15 minutes

oil pancreas
INSTRUCTIONS
glycogen
glycogen liver ● Answer all questions.
phosphorylase
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid.
maltose amylase
protein stomach
INFORMATION
[4] ● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ].
(c) State two hormones that can affect the concentration of glycogen in the liver.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 7]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (LE/SG) 312340/3
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/43/M/J/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2 3
BLANK PAGE 1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of the digestive system.
L
B
K
C
E
H
G
F
Fig. 1.1
Each letter may be used once, more than once or not at all.
State the letter of the part shown in Fig. 1.1:
that produces bile ..........................................
that produces gastric juice .............................
that produces urea .........................................
where maltose is digested .............................
where trypsin acts. .........................................

[5]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/41/M/J/23 © UCLES 2023 0610/41/M/J/23 [Turn over
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
4 5
(b) A student investigated the effect of bile on the digestion of fat in milk. (ii) Explain the purpose of test-tube A in Table 1.1.
They set up three different test-tubes: ...........................................................................................................................................
• test-tube A contained milk and bile ...........................................................................................................................................

• test-tube B contained milk and lipase
• test-tube C contained milk, lipase and bile. ...........................................................................................................................................
They used an indicator that is pink in alkaline solutions and colourless in acidic solutions. ...........................................................................................................................................
They added the same volume of indicator to each test-tube.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
The student observed and recorded the colour of the contents of each test-tube at
0 minutes, 20 minutes and 40 minutes. (c) The action of lipase is affected by temperature.
Table 1.1 shows the results of the investigation. Fig. 1.2 shows the axes for a graph of the effect of temperature on the activity of lipase.
Table 1.1 Complete the graph by:
indicator colour observed • drawing a line to show the expected effect of temperature on the activity of lipase
test-tube • adding a label line and a label to show the point at which all the lipase has been denatured.
0 minutes 20 minutes 40 minutes
A pink pink pink
B pink pink colourless
C pink colourless colourless
(i) Explain the results for test-tubes B and C in Table 1.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... enzyme
activity
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
temperature
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
Fig. 1.2
[2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
6 7
(d) Explain why lipase cannot be used to catalyse the breakdown of proteins. BLANK PAGE
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 16]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
8 9
2 (a) A student investigated osmosis in potato plant cells. (ii) Using the information in Table 2.1, explain the difference in the results between the
0.6 mol dm–3 and the 0.8 mol dm–3 sucrose solutions.
He immersed cubes of potato tissue in water and different concentrations of sucrose solution
for 30 minutes. Use the term water potential in your answer.
The masses of the potato cubes were measured before and after immersion. ...........................................................................................................................................
The percentage changes in mass were calculated. ...........................................................................................................................................
Table 2.1 shows the results. ...........................................................................................................................................
Table 2.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
concentration mass of potato mass of potato ...........................................................................................................................................

percentage
of sucrose cube before cube after
change in mass
solution / mol dm–3 immersion / g immersion / g ...........................................................................................................................................
0.00 1.32 1.50 13.64
...........................................................................................................................................
0.20 1.34 1.49 11.19
0.40 1.30 1.34 3.08 ...........................................................................................................................................
0.60 1.33 1.29 –3.01 ...........................................................................................................................................
0.80 1.22 1.12 –8.20
...........................................................................................................................................
1.00 1.28 1.11
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
(i) Using the information in Table 2.1, calculate the percentage change in mass at
1.00 mol dm–3. (iii) Describe the expected appearance of a cell from a potato cube that has been immersed
in distilled water for 30 minutes.
Give your answer to two decimal places.
...........................................................................................................................................
Space for working.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Describe how the process of active transport differs from the process of osmosis.
............................................................ %
[3] ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
...................................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
10 11
(c) State the type of plant cells that use active transport to absorb mineral ions from the BLANK PAGE
environment.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Explain the effect of a lack of magnesium ions on the colour of plant leaves.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 16]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
12 13
3 (a) Fig. 3.1 is a photomicrograph of some cells lining the trachea. (iii) State the name of one other part of the body where the type of cell labelled X in Fig. 3.1
is found.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Table 3.1 contains some features of the breathing system.
Complete Table 3.1 to show the actions of each feature of the breathing system that occur to
cause inspiration.
X
Table 3.1
feature of the
goblet cell action that causes inspiration
breathing system
diaphragm
.......................................................................................
external intercostal
muscles .......................................................................................
pressure in the
thorax .......................................................................................
ribs
.......................................................................................
Fig. 3.1 volume of the

thorax .......................................................................................
(i) Describe the role of goblet cells. [5]
........................................................................................................................................... (c) State the name of the gas that is excreted by the breathing system.
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (d) Good ventilation is one feature of gas exchange surfaces.
........................................................................................................................................... State two other features.
..................................................................................................................................... [2] 1 ................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain how the cell labelled X in Fig. 3.1 is adapted for its function. 2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(e) State the name of the gas exchange surface in humans.
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14]
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
14 15
4 (a) Fig. 4.1 shows the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis at different (b) C6H12O6 is one of the products of photosynthesis.
temperatures and concentrations of carbon dioxide.
State the chemical formula of the other product.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) Outline how the carbohydrates made during photosynthesis are used in plants.
A 25 °C, 0.4% CO2
B 15 °C, 0.4% CO2 ...................................................................................................................................................

rate of
...................................................................................................................................................
photosynthesis
C 15 °C, 0.04% CO2 ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
light intensity ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
Describe and explain the reasons for the shape of lines B and C in Fig. 4.1.
[Total: 11]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
16 17
5 (a) Fig. 5.1 shows the stages involved in protein synthesis. (b) Explain why body cells can have different specialised functions even though they contain the
same genes.
DNA
...................................................................................................................................................
Y amino acid
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
X
(c) Allele frequency in a population can be changed by natural selection and artificial selection.
Z
State the meaning of the term allele.
Fig. 5.1 ...................................................................................................................................................
(i) State the names of the parts labelled X, Y and Z in Fig. 5.1. ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
X ........................................................................................................................................ (d) Describe how artificial selection differs from natural selection.
Y ........................................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................
Z ........................................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) State what determines the sequence of the amino acids in the protein that is produced.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(iii) Explain why the sequence of amino acids is important in the production of receptor
molecules for neurotransmitters. (e) Mutation causes formation of new alleles which increases genetic variation.
........................................................................................................................................... State two other sources of genetic variation in populations.
........................................................................................................................................... 1 ................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14]
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
18 19
6 (a) A scientist monitored the changes in the pH in muscles before, during and after two minutes (b) Yeast can respire anaerobically.
of vigorous exercise.
(i) Complete the balanced chemical equation for anaerobic respiration in yeast.
The changes in pH are caused by the production of lactic acid.
C6H12O6 ...................................................................................................................... [2]
7.10
(ii) Yeast belongs to the kingdom fungus.
State one cell component that is present in yeast cells but is absent in animal cells.
7.00
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
6.90 [Total: 9]
6.80
pH in
muscles
6.70
6.60
6.50
6.40
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40
time / minutes
vigorous
exercise
Fig. 6.1
Complete the sentences to describe and explain the results in Fig. 6.1.
The pH decreases from ............................................... to ............................................... during

vigorous exercise.
There is not enough ............................................... supplied to the muscles.
The body respires anaerobically. The lactic acid produced builds up in the muscles causing
an ............................................... debt.
It takes ............................................... minutes for the muscle pH to return to its initial level
after exercise.
The pH value increases after vigorous exercise has ended, as lactic acid is transported in the
............................................... to the ............................................... .

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
During this time the breathing rate and ............................................... rate remain high.
at
at
-m
-m
[6]
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/41/M/J/23 © UCLES 2023 0610/41/M/J/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a simplified diagram of the circulatory system in humans.
Cambridge IGCSE™
A
F
* 8 4 6 1 0 0 3 2 8 7 *
Y
BIOLOGY 0610/42
E B
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) February/March 2023
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions.
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. C
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. D
other organs
Fig. 1.1
INFORMATION
(i) State the letter from Fig. 1.1 that represents the blood vessel that contains blood with the
highest concentration of oxygen.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the letter from Fig. 1.1 that represents the hepatic portal vein.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State all the letters from Fig. 1.1 that represent arteries.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (EF/JG) 311941/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/42/F/M/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(iv) Explain the importance of the part labelled Y in Fig. 1.1. (b) Fig. 1.2 shows the pressure of blood flowing through different blood vessels as it travels
around the body. (Venules are narrow vessels that connect capillaries to veins.)
...........................................................................................................................................
18
...........................................................................................................................................
16
...........................................................................................................................................
14
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] 12
(v) State the evidence from Fig. 1.1 that the diagram shows a double circulation system. blood 10
pressure
........................................................................................................................................... / kPa 8
........................................................................................................................................... 6
........................................................................................................................................... 4
...........................................................................................................................................
2
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
0
arteries X capillaries venules veins
type of blood vessel
Fig. 1.2
(i) Blood vessels X in Fig. 1.2 supply blood to skin-surface capillaries and have a role in
maintaining a constant internal temperature.
State the name of the blood vessels that are represented by the letter X in Fig. 1.2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain reasons for the changes in pressure seen in the arteries in Fig. 1.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2023 0610/42/F/M/23 [Turn over © UCLES 2023 0610/42/F/M/23
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(iii) Using the information in Fig. 1.2, explain the structural adaptations of arteries and veins. 2 A student investigated the digestion of starch.
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.1 shows the apparatus she used.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
distilled water distilled water
...........................................................................................................................................
dialysis dialysis
tubing tubing
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... starch solution starch solution

+ amylase
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
test-tube A test-tube B
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
Fig. 2.1
[Total: 14]
Dialysis tubing is used to represent a cell membrane.
The dialysis tubing material allows small molecules to move across it, but not larger molecules.
Test-tubes A and B were set up as shown in Fig. 2.1 and placed in a water-bath at 37 °C for
30 minutes.
The liquid outside the dialysis tubing in test-tubes A and B was tested with Benedict’s solution at
0 minutes and after 30 minutes.
Table 2.1
colour with Benedict’s solution colour with Benedict’s solution

test-tube
at 0 minutes at 30 minutes
A blue blue
B blue red
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(a) Using the information in Fig. 2.1 and Table 2.1, explain the reasons for the difference in the (b) Complete Table 2.2 by writing in the names of the missing enzymes, substrates and products.
results for test-tubes A and B in Table 2.1.
Table 2.2
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
enzyme substrate product or products
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
pepsin
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
fatty acids and glycerol
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
trypsin
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
glucose
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... [4]
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(c) State the name of the structures that increase the surface area for absorption in the small
intestine.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 11]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
3 (a) Fig. 3.1 shows part of a classification diagram for plants. (b) Fig. 3.2 shows the life cycle of a fern. The life cycle of a fern has some similarities and some
differences compared with the life cycles of other plants.
(i) Complete Fig. 3.1.
The letters represent processes that occur during the life cycle.
plants The haploid stages of the life cycle are represented by (n).
The diploid stages of the life cycle are represented by (2n).
A B
ferns ...........…………………............. spores (n)
monocotyledons ...........………………….............
adult sporophyte adult gametophyte (n)

Fig. 3.1 (2n) C
[2]
(ii) Describe two identifying features of monocotyledons.

D C
1 ........................................................................................................................................
zygote gametes (n)
2 ........................................................................................................................................ (2n)
[2]
not to scale
Fig. 3.2
(i) The adult sporophyte has 1200 chromosomes in its body cells.
State the number of chromosomes in the body cells of the gametophyte.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Identify and describe process A in Fig. 3.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
(iii) State the name of process D in Fig. 3.2.
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(c) Fig. 3.3 shows the parts of two flowers from two different plants of the same species. 4 (a) Fig. 4.1 is a photograph of a tree that has been girdled.
Girdling involves removing a complete circle of bark and phloem from around the tree.
Fig. 3.3
(i) Describe what is meant by the term species.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Explain why the area above the girdle in Fig. 4.1 will become swollen.
...........................................................................................................................................
Use the terms source and sink in your answer.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Annotate Fig. 3.3 to show the mechanism of cross-pollination by:
...........................................................................................................................................
• labelling the structures involved
• drawing an arrow to show the pathway of pollen. ...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) Draw an X on Fig. 3.3 to show where fertilisation occurs. [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(iv) Explain the disadvantages of cross-pollination compared with self-pollination.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 18]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(ii) Explain why the leaves in girdled trees are still able to receive mineral ions from the 5 The eye is a sense organ that is part of the nervous system.
roots.
(a) Explain why the eye can be described as a sense organ.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) Explain why glucose made during photosynthesis is required for the absorption of mineral
ions by the roots. (b) State the two parts of the central nervous system.
................................................................................................................................................... 1 ................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(c) Fig. 5.1 is a diagram of a section through the human eye.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
A
H
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
B
(c) State the balanced symbol equation for photosynthesis.
C
............................................................................................................................................. [2] G D
[Total: 11]
E
Fig. 5.1
(i) Draw an X on Fig. 5.1 to identify the blind spot. [1]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(ii) Table 5.1 shows some of the parts labelled in Fig. 5.1, their names and their functions. 6 Golden rice is a type of rice that has been genetically modified to contain a nutrient called
beta-carotene.
Complete Table 5.1.
Fig. 6.1 shows the genetic modification process used to produce golden rice.
Table 5.1
bacterial cell plant DNA
name of the part letter in Fig. 5.1 function
H
A
transmits impulses to the central nervous system B
cornea
C
[3]
(d) State the names of the two effectors that contract and relax during the pupil reflex.
................................................................... and ................................................................... [1]
(e) Explain why a person is unable to focus on distant objects if the suspensory ligaments
become permanently overstretched.
................................................................................................................................................... rice plant cells

infected with the
................................................................................................................................................... genetically modified
bacteria
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
rice plants
with the ability
...................................................................................................................................................
to produce
beta-carotene
...................................................................................................................................................
are grown
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 12]
tissue culture
not to scale
Fig. 6.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(a) Using the information in Fig. 6.1, complete the sentences to describe how rice is genetically (c) Discuss the disadvantages of genetically modifying rice plants to produce beta-carotene.
modified to contain beta-carotene.
...................................................................................................................................................
The part labelled A in the bacterial cell is a ................................................... .
...................................................................................................................................................
Part A is extracted and cut using a .................................................. enzyme forming ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................... ends. ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
The part labelled B is the .................................................. that codes for the production of
...................................................................................................................................................
beta-carotene.
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
The enzyme used to cut part A is also used to cut part B from the plant DNA. (d) Beta-carotene is required to produce vitamin A, which is essential for eye function.
State the nutrient required to prevent:

Part B is inserted into the part labelled A using the enzyme .......................................... .
scurvy .......................................................................................................................................
This forms the part labelled C, which is called a ........................................................... . rickets. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]
Part C is put into a bacterium. The bacterium is taken up by rice plant cells, giving them the [Total: 14]
ability to produce beta-carotene.
Tissue culture is a form of .............................................................. reproduction that is used to
produce many identical rice plants producing beta-carotene for commercial use.
[7]
(b) Apart from structural features, state two reasons why bacteria are useful for genetic
modification.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram showing parts of two organ systems that are active when a person
sneezes.
Cambridge IGCSE™ J
K
* 9 1 0 9 2 7 0 9 4 9 *
P
BIOLOGY 0610/43
O
1 hour 15 minutes L

M
INSTRUCTIONS
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. N
view of part of the gas exchange system view of part of the nervous system
not to scale
Fig. 1.1
INFORMATION (i) Sneezing is an automatic action that occurs in response to a stimulus in the nose.
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. State the name of this type of automatic action.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (PQ/CGW) 302493/6
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/43/O/N/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(ii) Table 1.1 shows the names and functions of some of the parts of the human body that (b) Fig. 1.2 is a diagram of a cell from the human nervous system.
are involved when a person sneezes, and the letters in Fig. 1.1 that identify these parts.
Complete Table 1.1.
Table 1.1
function name of structure letter in Fig. 1.1
cell that transmits an impulse from the

receptor to the central nervous system
Fig. 1.2
diaphragm (i) On Fig. 1.2, label two visible cell structures. [2]
(ii) Draw an X on the cell in Fig. 1.2 to show where a receptor molecule for a neurotransmitter
would be found. [1]
M
(iii) Explain how the cell in Fig. 1.2 is adapted for transmitting impulses.
...........................................................................................................................................
K
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
contains cilia to move mucus out of the airway ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[5]
(c) Describe how nervous communication differs from hormonal communication.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 14]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 (a) Digestive enzymes are secreted into the alimentary canal. (b) The activity of the enzyme pepsin was measured at different temperatures.
(i) As well as enzymes, other substances that are important for digestion are also secreted The results are shown in Fig. 2.1.
into the alimentary canal.
3000
State the names of two of these other substances.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2500
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Table 2.1 summarises some facts about the enzymes that are secreted into the alimentary
canal. 2000
Complete Table 2.1.

enzyme activity
Table 2.1 1500
/ U per mg protein
products of
organ where the organ when the
name of the enzyme digestion involving this
enzyme is secreted enzyme acts
enzyme 1000
salivary glands
pepsin 500
pancreas fatty acids and glycerol

0
epithelial lining of the 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
small intestine
small intestine temperature / °C
[4]
Fig. 2.1
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
Describe and explain the effect of temperature on the activity of pepsin. (iii) Cholera can also cause diarrhoea.
Use the information in Fig. 2.1 to support your answer. Explain how the cholera bacterium causes diarrhoea.
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
................................................................................................................................................... [Total: 18]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(c) Lactase is another digestive enzyme, which is produced by human babies.
(i) Explain why lactase is important for the nutrition of young babies.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Most people stop producing lactase when they become adults. If they drink milk, this
may give them diarrhoea.
Describe the symptoms of diarrhoea.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
BLANK PAGE 3 Fig. 3.1 shows the estimated growth of the global human population between the 1860s and
2010s.
It also shows the estimated number of people that were affected by famines between these dates.
22
20
18
16 8
14 7
estimated
number of 12 6
people affected
by famines 10 5
/ million estimated
global human
8 4 population
/ billion
6 3
4 2
2 1
0 0
18 0s
18 0s
18 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
19 0s
20 0s
20 0s
s
10
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
18
time / decade
1 billion = 1 000 000 000
Key:
estimated number of people affected by famines
estimated global human population
Fig. 3.1
(a) (i) State the final size of the estimated global human population shown in the 2010s in
Fig. 3.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 3.1, calculate the percentage of the estimated global human (iii) Crops are often grown as monocultures.
population that was affected by famine during the 1860s.
State what is meant by a monoculture.
Give your answer to one significant figure.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Scientists are developing crop plants that can produce antigens so that people gain
immunity to different diseases such as hepatitis B.
............................................................ %
[2] State the process which can be used to develop crop plants that can produce proteins
from other species.
(b) An increase in the size of the human population can cause famine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(i) Describe other factors that could have caused famines since the 1970s.
[Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Chemical fertilisers have helped farmers to increase food production.
Discuss the negative impact on the natural environment of using chemicals, other than
fertilisers, in modern farming methods.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
BLANK PAGE 4 (a) Fig. 4.1 shows a dandelion plant, Taraxacum officinale, in a field. The flower stalk is called a
scape.
scape
Fig. 4.1
(i) The scape of a dandelion responds to sunlight by growing upwards.
State the name of this growth response.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The scapes of dandelions keep the plant upright without the need for structures such as
bones.
Explain how cells in plant scapes and stems keep plants upright.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(b) Fig. 4.2 is part of a cross-section through the scape of a dandelion. (d) A dandelion scape was cut into long strips for an osmosis investigation.
Immediately after the scape was cut, the pieces of scape bent outwards, as shown in Fig. 4.3.
scape cut
into long strips
inner part of scape

that can absorb or lose water
outer part of scape that

Fig. 4.2 cannot absorb or lose water
Draw a line and add a label on Fig. 4.2 to identify one area of xylem tissue. [1]
Fig. 4.3
(c) Describe the function of phloem tissue.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Key:
................................................................................................................................................... A B inner sur
............................................................................................................................................. [3] outer sur
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
C D
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
not to sca
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
inner part of scape
that can absorb or lose water
17 18
outer part of scape that
cannot absorb
Strips or lose water
of dandelion scape were placed in four dishes, A, B, C and D, for 30 minutes. 5 (a) Researchers investigated water pollution in the centre of a lake for 11 days.
Each dish contained a different concentration of salt solution. Fig. 5.1 shows researchers collecting samples of aquatic organisms from the lake with a net
which was placed at a specified water depth.
Fig. 4.4 shows the appearance of the four strips of scape after 30 minutes.
Key:
A B inner surface of scape
outer surface of scape
Fig. 5.1
Each day, the researchers collected 5 dm3 of water from the lake. Fish and other large
organisms were released back into the lake. The researchers extracted the chlorophyll from
all the microorganisms that were collected in the sample of lake water.
They determined the concentration of chlorophyll by measuring the mass of chlorophyll

extracted from each dm3 of lake water.
C D Fig. 5.2 shows a researcher lowering a Secchi disc on a long string into a lake from a boat.
A Secchi disc is a plastic disc which is divided into black and white sections. It is used to
not to scale measure the transparency of water in lakes, rivers and oceans.
Fig. 4.4
The researcher recorded the maximum water depth at which the Secchi disc was still visible.
Using the information in Fig. 4.3 and Fig. 4.4, deduce and explain which strip of scape was in
the most concentrated salt solution.
strip of scape .............................................................................................................................
explanation ................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Secchi disc

...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 10]
Fig. 5.2
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
The results of the investigation are shown in Fig. 5.3. (v) Explain why the transparency of the water is important for organisms that contain
chlorophyll.
6 1.0
...........................................................................................................................................
5 1.5
...........................................................................................................................................
4 2.0
maximum water ...........................................................................................................................................
concentration depth at which
of chlorophyll 3 2.5
the Secchi disc ...........................................................................................................................................
/ mg per dm3 is visible / m
2 3.0 ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
1 3.5 (b) (i) Heavy rainfall in nearby fields caused ions from fertilisers to wash into the lake on day 1
of the investigation.
0 4.0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 State which ions can cause an increase in the number of organisms that contain
day chlorophyll in the lake.
Key:
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
concentration of chlorophyll
maximum water depth at which the Secchi disc is visible (ii) Many of the organisms that contain chlorophyll died on day 2 of the investigation.
Explain the consequences of the death of these organisms to the lake ecosystem.
Fig. 5.3
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) State the type of microorganism that contains chlorophyll.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) The researchers collected 5 dm3 of water from the lake each day. Using this information
and the information in Fig. 5.3, calculate the total mass of chlorophyll in the sample on
...........................................................................................................................................
day 1.
...........................................................................................................................................
Include the appropriate units with your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
................................................................
[2]
(iii) Suggest why the researchers determined the concentration of chlorophyll rather than
counting the number of microorganisms in the sample.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Using the information in Fig. 5.3, identify the day when the water was the most
m
m
transparent.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
21 22
(c) The researchers monitored the water in the lake for pollution. 6 Plants can be classified according to the position and shape of the structures in their flowers.
Outline how sewage should be treated so that the water it contains is safe to put into the lake. (a) Fig. 6.1 shows sections of flowers from six different plant species.
................................................................................................................................................... A B
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
C D
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
[Total: 16]
E F
Fig. 6.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
23 24
(i) Use the key to identify each species. Write the letter of each species (A to F) in the BLANK PAGE
correct box in the key.
key
1(a) two petals visible go to 2
(b) three petals visible go to 4
2(a) one stigma per flower go to 3
(b) more than one stigma per flower Pyrus communis
3(a) stigma higher than anther Prunus domestica
(b) stigma at same level or lower than anther Prunus salicina
4(a) two ovules visible go to 5
(b) more than two ovules visible Punica granatum
5(a) anther smaller than carpel Prunus amygdalus
(b) anther larger than carpel Olea europaea

[4]
(ii) The large petals of the flowers shown in Fig. 6.1 indicate that they are pollinated by
insects.
List four other structural adaptations of insect-pollinated flowers.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
3 ........................................................................................................................................
4 ........................................................................................................................................
[4]
(b) Flowering plants are distinguished from ferns because they all produce flowers.
State one other morphological feature that can be used to distinguish flowering plants from
ferns.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) The fruit of a pear tree, Pyrus communis, is often used to make juice.
State what protein biotechnologists will use to increase the volume of juice produced from
pear fruit. Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
m
m
co
co
[Total: 10] at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/43/O/N/22 © UCLES 2022 0610/43/O/N/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
BLANK PAGE
Cambridge IGCSE™
* 5 9 7 2 5 2 6 0 0 1 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (RW/SW) 303222/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/42/O/N/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
1 Phytoplankton consist of many species of single‑celled and many‑celled algae. (c) The student made careful drawings of seven types of alga found in the samples of lake water.
(a) Algae are classified in the Protoctist kingdom. All algae contain one or more chloroplasts. The drawings are shown in Fig. 1.2.
State the name of another kingdom that contains organisms which have chloroplasts.
A B
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
A student investigated the species composition of the phytoplankton in a lake.
Fig. 1.1 shows some of the phytoplankton collected by the student.
C D
X
E F
Fig. 1.1
(b) The actual length of alga X is 0.19 mm.
Convert the actual length of alga X to micrometres.
..................................................... μm [1]
not to scale
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
Fig. 1.2
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
Use the key to identify each of the species A to G. Write the letter of each species in the 2 Fig. 2.1 is a diagram of the human alimentary canal and associated organs.
correct box beside the key.
1 alga has four spine‑like go to 2

extensions
1
alga does not have four go to 3
spine‑like extensions
2 alga has spine‑like extensions Scenedesmus communis
that are all the same length 2
alga has spine‑like extensions Ceratium hirundinella
that are different lengths
3 alga has a round shape Micrasterias radiosa
7
3
alga does not have a round go to 4
shape 4
4 alga narrows towards the ends go to 5 5

6
alga does not narrow towards go to 6

the ends
5 algal cell is semi‑circular in Closterium dianae
shape
algal cell is not semi‑circular in Navicula radiosa Fig. 2.1
shape
(a) Table 2.1 shows enzymes, the organs that secrete these enzymes, their substrates and
6 alga is branched Chaetophora incrassata products.
Complete Table 2.1.

alga is not branched Zygnema sp.
Table 2.1
[5]
number
(d) Phytoplankton are photosynthetic organisms. organ that secretes identifying
enzyme substrate product or products
the enzyme the organ
Describe the importance of phytoplankton in the food web of lake ecosystems. on Fig. 2.1
...................................................................................................................................................
amylase 1
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 protein
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
lipase 4
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
maltase
co
co
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 10] [4]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(b) Explain the role of hydrochloric acid in the alimentary canal. 3 Aphids are insects that feed on phloem sap by inserting their mouthparts into phloem tissue.
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.1 shows an aphid feeding on phloem tissue in a leaf.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) State a function of the region of the alimentary canal labelled 6 in Fig. 2.1. mouthparts
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(a) (i) State two features visible in Fig. 3.1 that identify this animal as an insect.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
1 ........................................................................................................................................
(d) Describe how food eaten by humans is reduced to smaller pieces and explain how this makes
chemical digestion more efficient.
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
You may refer to Fig. 2.1 in your answer.
(ii) Aphids can transmit viral pathogens when they feed on a plant.
...................................................................................................................................................
Suggest how a severe infestation of aphids on crop plants can be avoided.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) The aphid shown in Fig. 3.1 is feeding on phloem tissue in a leaf.
...................................................................................................................................................
State the names of two tissues in the leaf that the mouthparts of the aphid pass through
...................................................................................................................................................
to reach the phloem.
...................................................................................................................................................
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 14]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(b) Aphids have been used to investigate the translocation of sucrose in phloem tissue. While (ii) Outline how 14C
in carbon dioxide gas becomes incorporated into the sucrose molecules
they are feeding on phloem sap aphids excrete a sucrose‑rich fluid known as honeydew. that are translocated in the phloem.
In an investigation, two groups of four aphids were placed at intervals along the stem of a ...........................................................................................................................................
young willow plant, as shown in Fig. 3.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
damp cotton ...........................................................................................................................................

group A group B wool
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
glass chamber filled with Petri dishes for collecting honeydew Petri dish
carbon dioxide gas with water ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
containing 14C
(c) Sucrose travels from the stem to other parts of the plant known as sinks, where it is used.
Fig. 3.2
(i) State two parts of a plant that are sinks for sucrose.
The leaves were enclosed in an airtight glass chamber. A special form of carbon dioxide gas
that contained radioactive carbon‑14 (14C) was supplied to the leaves for a short period of
1 ........................................................................................................................................
time.
Samples of honeydew were collected at intervals from the groups of aphids. The time taken 2 ........................................................................................................................................
for sucrose containing 14C to travel the distance between group A and group B was recorded. [2]
The investigation was repeated twice using a fresh stem and different groups of aphids for (ii) Sucrose is used in the cells of the sinks in a plant.
each trial. The results are shown in Table 3.1.
Describe the uses of sucrose by sinks.
(i) Complete Table 3.1 by calculating the rate of movement of 14C in trial 3.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 3.1
...........................................................................................................................................
time taken for 14C
distance between ...........................................................................................................................................
to travel between rate of movement of
trial group A and group B 14C / mm per hour
group A and group B
on the stem / mm ...........................................................................................................................................
/ minutes
1 650 120 325 ...........................................................................................................................................
2 340 75 272 ...........................................................................................................................................
3 630 150 ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 15]
[1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
4 (a) Fig. 4.1 is a flow chart showing some of the processes that occur in a biofuels power plant. (iii) Farmers grow giant reed plants as monocultures.
Describe the disadvantages of growing giant reed plants to provide biomass for the
the giant reed plant,
crop waste forestry waste production of biofuels.
Arundo donax,
is grown for biomass
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
pretreatment
of biomass ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
complex carbohydrates ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
released from biomass
(b) One problem with using biomass in the process shown in Fig. 4.1 is that the breakdown stage
breakdown by enzymes produces a sugar called xylose and ethanoic acid. Yeast cannot use xylose, and ethanoic
acid is toxic to yeast.
release of sugars, including glucose Scientists genetically engineered a type of yeast that can use xylose and ethanoic acid.
fermentation by yeast Fig. 4.2 shows the results of one of the trial experiments done by the scientists using their
new genetically engineered yeast.
Key:
ethanol concentration of xylose
concentration of ethanoic acid
concentration of ethanol
biofuel 100 2.5
Fig. 4.1
(i) The fermentation stage shown in Fig. 4.1 requires yeast. 80 2.0
Complete the balanced chemical equation to show how ethanol is produced by yeast
respiration.
60 1.5
....................................... ....................................... + ....................................... concentration of concentration
[2] xylose or ethanol of ethanoic acid
/ g per dm3 / g per dm3
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 4.1, suggest the environmental advantages of using ethanol
as a fuel. 40 1.0
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
20 0.5
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
0 0.0
........................................................................................................................................... 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
m
m
time / hours
co
co
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [3] Fig. 4.2
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(i) Describe the results shown in Fig. 4.2. BLANK PAGE
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) The experiment was done at 30 °C.
The scientists repeated the experiment at 20 °C.
Predict the results that you would expect for the concentration of ethanol.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 11]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
5 Fig. 5.1 shows Mackinlay’s cuckoo‑dove, Macropygia mackinlayi, which is found on most of the (b) The highest point on Karkar Island is 1800 m above sea level.
islands in the south‑west of the Pacific Ocean.
In 1969, a researcher surveyed the bird species on Karkar Island. He recorded the vertical
distribution of the birds between sea level and 1600 m.
In 2013, other researchers repeated the survey.
Fig. 5.2 shows the ranges of four species, as recorded in the two surveys. The vertical lines
represent the range of heights where the birds were seen on the island.
1800
1600 Key:
1400 1969 2013
height 1200
above sea
1000
level / m
800
600
Fig. 5.1
400
(a) Karkar Island is one island where Mackinlay’s cuckoo‑dove is found. This species is part of
many communities that are adapted to the different habitats on the island. 200
(i) Define the term community. sea level 0

A B C D
........................................................................................................................................... Meyer’s Mackinlay’s island thrush island leaf
goshawk cuckoo-dove warbler
...........................................................................................................................................
bird species
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Fig. 5.2
(ii) Complete the passage with the most appropriate word or phrase.
(i) Compare the range in 1969 with the range in 2013 for each of the bird species shown in
Adaptation is sometimes defined as the process resulting from ..................................... Fig. 5.2.
..................................... , by which populations become more suited to their A ........................................................................................................................................
..................................... over many generations. ...........................................................................................................................................

[2]
B ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
C ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
D ........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
[4]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 5.2, suggest reasons for the change in the range of the 6 (a) Fig. 6.1 shows diagrams of the circulatory systems of a fish and a mammal.
island thrush (C) on Karkar Island.
The arrows show the direction of blood flow through the circulatory systems.
...........................................................................................................................................
P
........................................................................................................................................... fish
........................................................................................................................................... gills
liver and muscle
........................................................................................................................................... intestine tissue
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... R
Q
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) Small oceanic islands are often inhabited by species of birds that are found nowhere else. mammal head and arms
Many of these species have decreasing populations and are often endangered.
lungs
Explain the risks to these species of birds that have decreasing populations. X S
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... W
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... V
liver
...................................................................................................................................................
alimentary
................................................................................................................................................... canal
............................................................................................................................................. [3] kidneys

T
lower body
[Total: 13] and legs
Fig. 6.1
(i) State the names of the structures labelled Q, T, W and X.
Q .......................................................................................................................................
T ........................................................................................................................................
W .......................................................................................................................................
X ........................................................................................................................................
[4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(ii) State the name of structure V on Fig. 6.1 and describe its function. (c) Substances move between blood and tissues at various sites in the circulatory system of
mammals.
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Oxygen is absorbed into the blood as it passes through the lungs.
...........................................................................................................................................
State the structures in the lungs where oxygen passes into the blood from the air.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State the site of filtration of blood in the kidneys.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Fig. 6.1 shows that fish and mammals have different types of circulation.
(iii) State the name of the process in which products of digestion move into cells and are
State why the fish circulation is called a single circulation. used to become part of the cells.
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (iv) State the name of the process in which excess amino acids are broken down in liver
cells to produce ammonia.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Explain the advantages of the double circulation of the mammal.
(v) State the name of the organ that releases oestrogen into the blood.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 17]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) The blood vessels that supply the heart muscle can become blocked.
(i) State the name of the blood vessels that supply the heart muscle.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State one way in which blockages in these blood vessels can be treated.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
BLANK PAGE
Cambridge IGCSE™
* 0 8 9 7 7 2 4 5 1 3 *
BIOLOGY 0610/41
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (PQ/JG) 302255/5
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/41/O/N/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a side view of a human skull indicating the four types of teeth and the jaws. (b) Mammals can be classified according to the position and shape of their teeth.
Fig. 1.2 shows the skulls of seven mammals.
A
B
upper jaw
incisors
canine
premolar molars
C
lower jaw
D
Fig. 1.1
(i) State the function of human teeth.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the name of the visible outer layer of the teeth. E
F
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain the process of tooth decay in humans.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... G
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
not to scale
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
Fig. 1.2
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(i) Use the key to identify each species shown in Fig. 1.2. 2 Digestive enzymes catalyse the breakdown of large insoluble molecules.
Write the letter of each species (A to G) in the correct box in the key. (a) (i) Explain why it is important that large insoluble molecules are broken down by chemical
digestion.
Key
...........................................................................................................................................
1 (a) two or more different types of teeth go to 2 ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) fewer than two different types of teeth go to 3
...........................................................................................................................................
2 (a) have wide gap between front and back teeth in both jaws go to 4
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) have no wide gap between front and back teeth in both jaws go to 6
(ii) State the name of the substance that is the solvent for most molecules that have been
digested by enzymes.
3 (a) all teeth of similar shape Orcinus orca
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Myrmecophaga
(b) no teeth on either jaw
tridactyla (b) The activity of two protease enzymes, A and B, was measured at different pHs. Both enzymes
are found in the human alimentary canal.
4 (a) no incisors in upper jaw Cervus elephus
The results are shown in Fig. 2.1.
(b) incisors in both upper and lower jaw go to 5
900 140
enzyme A
5 (a) incisors on lower jaw longer than incisors on upper jaw Macropus rufus enzyme B
800
120
(b) incisors on upper and lower jaw are similar in size Equus ferus
700
100
6 (a) incisors on lower jaw project forwards Lemur catta 600
(b) incisors on lower jaw do not project forwards Pteropus niger 500 80
enzyme A activity enzyme B activity
[4] / U per mg / U per mg
400 60
(ii) Killer whales, Orcinus orca, are mammals.
300
40
State two internal features you would expect to find in a killer whale that you would not
find in a fish. 200
20
1 ........................................................................................................................................ 100
2 ........................................................................................................................................ 0 0
[2] 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
pH
(iii) State the name of the group of animals that includes mammals and fish.
acid neutral alkaline
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Fig. 2.1
[Total: 12]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
Describe and explain the roles of the two protease enzymes, A and B, in the alimentary BLANK PAGE
canal.
Use the information in Fig. 2.1 to support your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(c) Maltase is a digestive enzyme that acts in the small intestine.
State the exact location of maltase in the small intestine.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
3 (a) Fig. 3.1 shows some apparatus that was used to investigate water loss from a leafy shoot. (b) The apparatus shown in Fig. 3.1 was used to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate
of water loss in a species of plant. The results are shown in Fig. 3.2.
oil layer
burette 0.60
water 0.50
leafy
shoot 0.40
rate of water
loss from leaves 0.30
/ g per m2 per s
jar cut end
0.20
water 0.10
balance
0.00
25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45
temperature / °C
Fig. 3.1 Fig. 3.2
(i) State the name of the process by which leafy shoots lose water. (i) Using the information in Fig. 3.2, calculate how much water would be lost from 1 m2 of
leaves in 12 hours if the plants were kept at 35 °C. Include the unit.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Before the leafy shoot is inserted into the jar shown in Fig. 3.1, it must be recut under
water.
Suggest why the end of the leafy shoot was cut under water.
................................................................
[3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 3.2, describe and explain the effect of increasing temperature
...........................................................................................................................................
on the rate of water loss in this species of plant.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) State the purpose of the oil layer on top of the water in the burette. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ...........................................................................................................................................
(iv) Using the information in Fig. 3.1, describe one method that can be used to determine ...........................................................................................................................................
how much water is lost from the leafy shoot.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
co
co
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(c) The apparatus shown in Fig. 3.1 can also be used to investigate the effects of changing 4 Chromosomes are made of DNA.
humidity on water loss in plants.
(a) Describe the structure of a DNA molecule.
(i) Suggest why the mass of water in the apparatus does not change when the leafy shoot
is kept at 100% relative humidity. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Even at extremely low relative humidities the leafy shoot did not wilt. ...................................................................................................................................................
Explain why the leafy shoot shown in Fig. 3.1 did not wilt. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [4]
........................................................................................................................................... (b) (i) Outline how antibiotic resistance develops in a population of bacteria.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) The investigation on the effect of temperature was done at a relative humidity of 20%. ...........................................................................................................................................
The investigation was repeated at a relative humidity of 80% and all other conditions ...........................................................................................................................................
were kept the same.
...........................................................................................................................................
Predict how the water loss will differ from the trend shown in Fig. 3.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
Sketch your prediction on Fig. 3.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
[1]
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 16]
(ii) Scientists use differences in antibiotic-resistance genes to distinguish between different
strains of the bacterium, methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA).
Suggest why scientists use differences in base sequences to classify the strains of MRSA
rather than using other methods.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(iii) Explain why scientists are concerned that some strains of bacteria, such as S. aureus, 5 Fires release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
have become resistant to antibiotics.
(a) (i) State one other natural process that releases carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [2] (ii) Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas.
(c) (i) Describe how the use of antibiotics can be managed to reduce the development of State the name of one other greenhouse gas.
resistant strains of bacteria.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Data scientists used satellite images to analyse the occurrence of fires globally, during a
........................................................................................................................................... 14-year period. They tracked all fires that were larger than 0.21 km2 and therefore visible from
space.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 5.1 summarises some of their data, categorising the fires by location. The locations
........................................................................................................................................... include natural ecosystems and land that is managed by people. The expansion rate is the
speed at which each fire becomes larger.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
Table 5.1
(ii) Suggest why MRSA is unlikely to be transmitted from a mother to her unborn fetus.
estimated average
........................................................................................................................................... estimated average
estimated total expansion rate
location of fire duration of fires
number of fires of fires
........................................................................................................................................... / days
/ km2 per day
..................................................................................................................................... [1] natural boreal forest 197 124 0.6 5.4
(d) Many species of bacteria do not cause disease. Bacteria are very important in many biological natural temperate forest 178 909 0.4 4.1
processes. natural savannah
9 809 719 0.7 4.6
(grassland with few trees)
State the names of three natural processes involving bacteria that are important to
ecosystems. managed land being
909 826 0.3 3.8
deforested
1 ................................................................................................................................................
managed agricultural land 1 631 918 0.3 3.4
2 ................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 16]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(i) Using the information in Table 5.1, compare the data for the two managed locations with 6 (a) Fig. 6.1 shows part of the human gas exchange system.
the data for the three natural locations.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
K
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
A
(ii) Describe how the data in Table 5.1 could be used to estimate the total area that was
burnt during the 14-year period, for each location.
........................................................................................................................................... J
B
........................................................................................................................................... H
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Burning large areas of forest is a cause of habitat destruction.
Describe the possible consequences of habitat destruction. G

...........................................................................................................................................
F
........................................................................................................................................... E
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
D C
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1

..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(i) Table 6.1 shows the names of some parts of the human gas exchange system, their (b) (i) Explain the differences in composition between inspired and expired air.
functions and the letters in Fig. 6.1 that identify the parts.
...........................................................................................................................................
Complete Table 6.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 6.1
...........................................................................................................................................
function name of the structure letter in Fig. 6.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
hairs in the nose A
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
prevents collapse of the airway
(ii) Physical activity changes the concentration of carbon dioxide in the body.
State where this change is detected and how the body responds to the change.
contracts to decrease the pressure in the thorax F ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
diaphragm ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
protects the lungs from mechanical damage
(iii) State the name of a solution that can be used to test for the presence of carbon dioxide
gas.
contains cilia to move mucus out of the airway ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 16]
site of gas exchange alveoli
[7]
(ii) Describe and explain how the alveoli are adapted for gas exchange.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
...........................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
BLANK PAGE BLANK PAGE
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/41/O/N/22 © UCLES 2022 0610/41/O/N/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Penicillin is produced by biotechnology industries.
(a) (i) State the name of the type of pathogen penicillin is used to treat.
Cambridge IGCSE™ ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the name of the group of medicinal drugs that includes penicillin.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Fig. 1.1 is a flow diagram of some of the steps in the production of penicillin.
* 8 9 4 8 6 9 2 8 8 4 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43 organism A in step 4

Paper 4 Theory (Extended) May/June 2022
a test-tube
1 hour 15 minutes
X Y Z
You must answer on the question paper. step 5

gas outflow
pipe
INSTRUCTIONS step 1 filter
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. step 3
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. nutrient
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided. mixing tank step 8
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. step 6
● Do not write on any bar codes. sterilising tank penicillin
step 2 step 7
fermenter not to scale
INFORMATION
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. Fig. 1.1
(i) Organism A belongs to the fungus kingdom.
State two main features of fungal cells that are used to distinguish them from the cells of
prokaryotes.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State the genus name of organism A in Fig. 1.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (CE/CT) 303967/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/43/M/J/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(iii) Penicillin is produced in the fermenter shown in Fig. 1.1. A variety of nutrients, X, Y and Z, 2 Red blood cells contain the protein haemoglobin.
are mixed together and added to the fermenter in step 1.
(a) (i) State the names of the four chemical elements that are found in all proteins.
List two nutrients that need to be added to a fermenter to produce penicillin.
...........................................................................................................................................
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2] (ii) State the role of haemoglobin.
(iv) Explain why the nutrients are sterilised (step 2) before they are added to the fermenter ...........................................................................................................................................
(step 3).
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Fig. 2.1 shows a photomicrograph of some red blood cells from a person with sickle cell
..................................................................................................................................... [1] anaemia.
(v) Explain why the fermenter has a gas outflow pipe. Abnormal red blood cells occur because of a mutation in the gene for haemoglobin.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(vi) Using the information in Fig. 1.1, outline the events occurring from step 4 to step 8 during abnormal red
the production of penicillin. blood cell
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1
...........................................................................................................................................
Suggest how the shape of the abnormal red blood cell shown in Fig. 2.1 will affect blood flow.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
[Total: 14]
co
co
e.
e.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(c) The allele for the normal form of haemoglobin is HbA. (d) Fig. 2.2 and Fig. 2.3 are maps showing some of the different regions in a country. Scientists
studied the distribution of the HbS allele in the country.
The allele for the abnormal form of haemoglobin is HbS.
Fig. 2.2 shows the estimated frequency of the allele within the population.
Draw a genetic diagram to determine the probability of two heterozygous parents having a
child who does not have the HbS allele. Fig. 2.3 shows the estimated number of babies born with sickle cell anaemia in each region.
parental phenotypes ................................ x ................................ low
parental genotypes ................................ x ................................
estimated frequency A
gametes , x , of the HbS allele C
............. ............. ............. ............. in the population
B
high
Fig. 2.2
estimated number A
low
of babies born C
medium
with sickle cell
anaemia high B
offspring genotypes ..................................................................................................................
probability of offspring not having the HbS allele .....................................................................

[5]
Fig. 2.3
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
The scientists made a statement: (e) Mutations are always inherited in single-celled organisms that reproduce asexually but are
not always inherited in organisms that reproduce sexually.
‘There is a relationship between the frequency of the HbS allele and the number of babies
born with sickle cell anaemia in regions A, B and C.’ Explain why.
(i) Using the information in Fig. 2.2 and Fig. 2.3, discuss the evidence for and against this ...................................................................................................................................................
statement for regions A, B and C only.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 20]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
(ii) Suggest how the scientists would identify the presence of the HbS allele in tissue
samples.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
3 Acid rain has destroyed many forests including the forest shown in Fig. 3.1. (b) Explain the negative consequences to the environment of destroying forests.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Acid rain can also damage aquatic organisms such as the amphibian shown in Fig. 3.2.
Fig. 3.1
(a) Describe how acid rain destroys forests.
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.2
................................................................................................................................................... Suggest why amphibians are vulnerable to pollutants such as acid rain.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3] ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(d) Many countries have strict laws to prevent acid rain. 4 (a) Fig. 4.1 is a diagram of the alimentary canal.
Describe how countries have reduced acid rain.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
1
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 12]
6
m
m
co
co
Fig. 4.1
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
Complete Table 4.1 by stating: (b) Fig. 4.2 is a diagram of a villus. The arrow indicates the direction of blood flow.
• the names of the organs from Fig. 4.1

• the letters of all the processes shown in the key that occur in each organ.
Key:
A – absorption P
C – chemical digestion
E – egestion
I – ingestion
Q
M – mechanical digestion
Table 4.1
R
number from letter or letters of all the
name of the organ
Fig. 4.1 processes that occur in the organ
U S
3
T
4 not to scale
Fig. 4.2
5
[6] m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Describe the structure of a villus and its role in the alimentary canal. 5 Glasshouses are designed to maximise crop plant yield.
Use the letters in Fig. 4.2 to support your answer. (a) (i) Explain why carbon dioxide enrichment is used in many glasshouses to increase crop
plant yield.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Suggest how the carbon dioxide concentration in a glasshouse can be enriched.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) Outline how carbon dioxide in a glasshouse moves into leaves.
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(b) Additional lighting is often installed in glasshouses in countries with temperate climates. (iii) Some types of lamp release a lot of heat.
Table 5.1 summarises some of the factors that are considered by plant growers when Explain the possible effects of excessive heat on the plants in a glasshouse.
choosing the type of lamps to install in a glasshouse.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 5.1
...........................................................................................................................................
type of electrical energy used light intensity output
notes ...........................................................................................................................................
lamp by the lamp / J per s / arbitrary units
• releases lots of heat ...........................................................................................................................................
sodium 1041 1767 • best when used in
addition to sunlight ...........................................................................................................................................
• releases very little heat ...........................................................................................................................................
LED 423 378 • can be used as an
alternative to sunlight
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
• releases some heat
metal [Total: 12]
651 817 • can be used as an
halide
alternative to sunlight
• releases some heat
fluorescent 394 374 • best when used in
addition to sunlight
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in the energy used by the metal halide lamp compared
to the energy used by the fluorescent lamp.
Space for working.
............................................................ %
[2]
(ii) State which type of lamp has the highest light intensity output per unit of electrical energy
used.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
6 (a) Fig. 6.1 shows a photograph of fruit attached to the branch of an orange tree, Citrus sinensis. (c) Fig. 6.2 shows the results of leaving pieces of orange fruit in an enzyme solution for different
lengths of time.
total volume
7
of juice
extracted
/ cm3 6
4
0 20 40 60 80 100
time / minutes
Fig. 6.2
(i) State the name of the enzyme used to extract juice from fruit.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Using the information in Fig. 6.2, state the optimum length of time for efficient extraction
of juice from oranges.
Fig. 6.1
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
State one reason why orange trees are classified as dicotyledonous plants.
(iii) State the name of the vitamin found in high concentrations in citrus fruit such as oranges.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(d) The genes in some plants have been changed to increase the concentration of vitamins that
............................................................................................................................................. [1] these plants produce.
(b) Biotechnologists use enzymes to extract juice from fruit such as oranges. (i) State the name of the process of changing the genes of a plant.
Define the term enzyme. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
21 22
(ii) Discuss the possible disadvantages of people changing the genes in a plant. BLANK PAGE
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 10]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/43/M/J/22 © UCLES 2022 0610/43/M/J/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
23 24
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/43/M/J/22 © UCLES 2022 0610/43/M/J/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Some students were studying the activity of yeast. They made a fact file, as shown in Fig. 1.1.
Cambridge IGCSE™ Organism: yeast
Scientific name: Saccharomyces cerevisiae
Structure: single cells
Main cell structures: cell wall, cell membrane,

vacuole, nucleus, mitochondria, rough
* 6 3 7 6 0 2 7 4 8 9 *
endoplasmic reticulum
BIOLOGY 0610/41
Main energy source: sugars
1 hour 15 minutes

Fig. 1.1
(i) State the kingdom in which yeast is classified.
INSTRUCTIONS
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the process that occurs in mitochondria to provide energy for yeast cells.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Yeast cells make the enzyme sucrase. Sucrase catalyses the breakdown of sucrose to
glucose and fructose.
Enzymes are made of protein.
INFORMATION
Explain how the shape of a sucrase molecule is related to its function.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) The students made an extract of sucrase from yeast cells.
They investigated the activity of the sucrase extract at different pH values. They determined
the rate of reaction at each pH.
They then calculated the rate of each reaction as a percentage of the fastest reaction, to give
m
m
the percentage activity of sucrase.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (RW/CB) 302037/5
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/41/M/J/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
The results of this investigation are shown in Fig. 1.2. 2 Mammals have a double circulation.
100 Fig. 2.1 is a diagram of a section through the heart of a mammal. The arrows show the direction of
blood flow through the heart and blood vessels.
90
80
C
70
A
60
percentage
activity of 50
sucrase
40 B
30 X septum
20
D
10
0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
C
pH
Fig. 1.2
Fig. 2.1
Describe and explain the effect of pH on the activity of sucrase shown in Fig. 1.2.
(a) (i) State the name of the chamber of the heart with the thickest wall.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) D is a vein. State the name of this vein and describe its structure.
...................................................................................................................................................
name .................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
description of structure ......................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 10]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(iii) Identify the structure labelled X in Fig. 2.1 and state its role in the heart. (b) Fig. 2.2 is a diagram that shows the double circulation of a mammal. The arrows indicate the
movement of oxygen and carbon dioxide in and out of the blood.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... capillaries in
the lungs
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
capillaries in
respiring tissues
Fig. 2.2
(i) Shade the blood vessel in Fig. 2.2 that transports blood with the highest oxygen
concentration. [1]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(ii) Describe the evidence shown in Fig. 2.2 that the mammal has a double circulatory BLANK PAGE
system.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Explain the advantages of a double circulation.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 13]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
3 The pancreas is an organ that has roles in the digestive and hormonal systems of humans. (c) Chloride ions also move along the pancreatic duct.
Fig. 3.1 shows part of the alimentary canal and some of the associated organs. CFTR proteins in the cells lining the pancreatic duct move chloride ions out of the cells into
the duct.
Fig. 3.2 is a diagram of a cell from the lining of the pancreatic duct showing the location and
activity of CFTR proteins.
J
stomach inside the pancreatic duct
CFTR
K
protein
pancreas
L
pancreatic duct Key:
pancreatic
duct cell chloride ion
Fig. 3.1
(a) State the names of organs J, K and L.
J ................................................................................................................................................ not to scale
K ...............................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.2
L ...............................................................................................................................................
Explain how CFTR proteins move chloride ions across the membrane of the cell shown in
[3]
Fig. 3.2.
(b) The pancreas secretes hormones into the blood and enzymes into the pancreatic duct. The
...................................................................................................................................................
enzymes are released into the alimentary canal.
...................................................................................................................................................
Complete Table 3.1 by stating the hormones and enzymes that are secreted by the pancreas.
...................................................................................................................................................
Table 3.1
...................................................................................................................................................
hormones secreted by the pancreas enzymes secreted by the pancreas
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................... ......................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
......................................................................
[5]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(d) The movement of chloride ions into the pancreatic duct causes water to move from the cells (e) If CFTR proteins do not move chloride ions, the liquid in the pancreatic duct becomes very
into the duct to help the flow of liquid in the duct. sticky and the duct can become blocked.
Explain how water moves from the cell shown in Fig. 3.2 into the pancreatic duct. Blocked pancreatic ducts are one effect of cystic fibrosis, which is an inherited disease. Cystic
fibrosis is caused by a mutation of the gene that codes for the CFTR protein.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.3 shows the pedigree diagram of a family that has two people who have cystic fibrosis.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
1 2 3
4 5 6 7
Key:
female without cystic fibrosis
male without cystic fibrosis
female with cystic fibrosis
male with cystic fibrosis
Fig. 3.3
(i) The allele that causes cystic fibrosis is a recessive allele.
Describe and explain the evidence shown in Fig. 3.3 that cystic fibrosis is caused by a
recessive allele.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(ii) Person 7 is expecting a child with a man who is heterozygous for cystic fibrosis. 4 Researchers investigated the effect of adding cattle manure (cattle faeces) to fields where snap
bean plants, Phaseolus vulgaris, were grown. Cattle manure contains some protein.
Complete the genetic diagram to predict the probability of person 7 and the heterozygous
man having a child with cystic fibrosis. (a) Explain how protein in the cattle manure is converted to the type of ions that plants can
absorb.
Use the symbol A for the dominant allele and a for the recessive allele.
...................................................................................................................................................
parental genotypes ................ ................ ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
gametes +
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
(b) Snap bean plants are legumes which have root nodules that contain nitrogen‑fixing bacteria.
Fig. 4.1 shows some root nodules.

genotypes of offspring .......................................................................................................
phenotypes of offspring .....................................................................................................

root nodules
probability of having a child with cystic fibrosis .................................................................

[5]
[Total: 21]
Fig. 4.1
(i) Suggest the advantage to farmers of having snap bean plants that have a large number
of root nodules.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(ii) The researchers investigated the effect of adding cattle manure to fields of snap bean (iii) When large quantities of manure are put on fields it can lead to eutrophication of streams
plants. and rivers. This can lead to the death of fish.
• Field 1 was treated with a small quantity of cattle manure. Describe how eutrophication of streams and rivers can lead to the death of fish.
• Field 2 was treated with a medium quantity of cattle manure.
• Field 3 was treated with a large quantity of cattle manure. ...........................................................................................................................................
• Field 4 was not treated with any cattle manure.
...........................................................................................................................................
The researchers counted the number of root nodules on samples of plants from each
field when the snap beans were harvested. ...........................................................................................................................................
The results of the investigation are shown in Fig. 4.2. ...........................................................................................................................................
160 ...........................................................................................................................................
140 ...........................................................................................................................................
120 ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
100
average number
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
of root nodules 80
per plant
[Total: 13]
60
40 5 The Mulanje cedar, Widdringtonia whytei, is the national tree of Malawi. This species of tree
grows naturally only on Mount Mulanje in Malawi. Many of the trees have been overharvested or
20 destroyed by wildfires, resulting in deforestation, as shown in Fig. 5.1.
0
1 2 3 4
field
Fig. 4.2
Calculate the percentage increase in the average number of root nodules per plant when
snap bean plants were grown with a large quantity of cattle manure (field 3) compared
with no cattle manure (field 4).
Space for working.
Fig. 5.1
(a) State the genus name of the Mulanje cedar tree.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
.............................................................%
-m
-m
[3]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(b) Explain the undesirable effects of deforestation on habitats that are on mountains, such as 6 (a) Fig. 6.1 is a flow diagram showing the events that occur to form a human fetus.
Mount Mulanje.
................................................................................................................................................... organ P ovary
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... diploid diploid

cell cell
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... process Q
............................................................................................................................................. [3] haploid haploid

sperm cell egg cell
(c) Scientists in Malawi are working to prevent the extinction of the Mulanje cedar tree in its
natural habitat.
process R
Explain the benefits to other organisms on Mount Mulanje of conserving the Mulanje cedar
tree in its natural habitat.
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... diploid
cell S
...................................................................................................................................................
process T
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2] embryo
(d) The seeds of many endangered tree species are kept in seed banks.
process U
Suggest why it is important to collect seeds from many individual trees of each species rather
than just one tree.
fetus
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1

...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 8]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
Complete Table 6.1 by using the information in the flow diagram to identify the cell, the organ (c) Complete the sentences with the appropriate words.
and the processes shown in Fig. 6.1.
Table 6.1 The placenta provides a large surface area for the ............................................... of oxygen
cell, organ or process name of the cell, organ or process and carbon dioxide between maternal and fetal blood. Dissolved nutrients also pass across
organ P the placenta. Examples of dissolved nutrients are: ............................................... acids,
............................................... and ............................................... .

cell S
process Q produces Antibodies pass from the maternal blood giving natural ...............................................
haploid sperm and eggs
process R produces immunity to the baby for some infections that the mother has had or has been vaccinated
diploid cell S
against. Each different type of vaccine contains one or more ...............................................
process T occurs so that
cell S can grow into an taken from the ............................................... that causes the disease.
embryo [7]
process U occurs so that [Total: 15]
the embryo can gain
oxygen and nutrients
from the mother’s blood
[6]
(b) (i) State why it is important that sperm and egg cells are haploid and not diploid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the function of the jelly coat that surrounds egg cells.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) (i) State the name of the gas exchange surface in humans.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Cambridge IGCSE™ (ii) State two features of the gas exchange surface in humans.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of the gas exchange system in humans.

* 8 4 6 4 9 7 8 6 0 0 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42
trachea
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. diaphragm
Fig. 1.1
(i) Draw a label line and the letter X on Fig. 1.1 to identify an external intercostal muscle. [1]
(ii) State the name of the tissue that forms C-shaped structures in the wall of the trachea
and state its function.
name .................................................................................................................................
function ..............................................................................................................................
m
m
...........................................................................................................................................
co
co
[2]
e.
e.
at
at
DC (LK/SG) 303960/5
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/42/F/M/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(iii) Describe the effects on the thorax of contraction of the diaphragm. 2 (a) Fig. 2.1 is a photomicrograph showing the fertilisation of one human egg cell.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... sperm
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Table 1.1 compares the composition of inspired and expired air.
Table 1.1
percentage in percentage in
gas name of the gas
inspired air expired air
A nitrogen 78 78
B 21 16
Fig. 2.1
C 0.04 4 Describe and explain the adaptations of the cells shown in Fig. 2.1 that enable fertilisation
and early development of the embryo to occur.
...................................................................................................................................................
D variable saturated
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) Complete Table 1.1 by writing the names of gases B, C and D. [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) For gas B and gas C, explain the differences in the percentages shown in Table 1.1
between inspired and expired air. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [3] ...................................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 14] ............................................................................................................................................. [6]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(b) People can use artificial insemination (AI) or in vitro fertilisation (IVF) to increase their chance 3 (a) A scientist investigated the effect of temperature on the mass of leaves picked from a
of becoming pregnant. tea plant, Camellia sinensis.
(i) Outline the process of artificial insemination. • Three samples of leaves were picked and the mass of each sample of leaves was
recorded.
........................................................................................................................................... • Each sample of leaves was kept at a different temperature for four hours.
........................................................................................................................................... • After four hours, the mass of each sample of leaves was measured and recorded
again.
........................................................................................................................................... • The scientist then calculated the final mass as a percentage of the initial mass for
each sample.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.1 shows the results.
...........................................................................................................................................
100
...........................................................................................................................................
final mass as a 90
..................................................................................................................................... [3] percentage of the
initial mass 80
(ii) Outline how the process of in vitro fertilisation (IVF) differs from artificial insemination (AI).
........................................................................................................................................... 70
0 10 20 30 40
........................................................................................................................................... temperature at which the leaves were kept / °C
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.1
........................................................................................................................................... (i) Explain the results shown in Fig. 3.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) Describe the social implications of fertility treatments. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4] ..................................................................................................................................... [5]
[Total: 15] (ii) State one factor, other than temperature, that would affect the loss of mass from the
m
m
leaves of a plant.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(b) Fig. 3.2 is a photomicrograph of the tissue that transports water and mineral ions in a plant. (c) Explain how mineral ions enter a plant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 13]
Fig. 3.2
(i) State the name of the tissue shown in Fig. 3.2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Describe how the tissue shown in Fig. 3.2 is adapted for its functions in the plant.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
4 (a) Fig. 4.1 is a diagram of Vibrio cholerae, the bacterium that causes cholera. (ii) Explain how the cholera bacterium causes diarrhoea.
plasmid ...........................................................................................................................................
DNA
...........................................................................................................................................
ribosomes ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
capsule ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
cell wall (b) A scientist tested the resistance of one strain of bacteria to different antibiotics.
The scientist tested solutions of five different antibiotics, A to E.

cytoplasm
She soaked a paper disc in each antibiotic solution.
flagellum
The paper discs with antibiotics were placed in a Petri dish containing bacteria on agar jelly.
Fig. 4.2 is a diagram of the appearance of the Petri dish after 48 hours. The shaded areas
Fig. 4.1 show where bacteria grew. The clear areas show where bacteria did not grow.
(i) Describe two similarities and two differences between a palisade mesophyll cell and the
bacterial cell shown in Fig. 4.1.
area where
similarity 1 ......................................................................................................................... bacteria grew
A
...........................................................................................................................................
similarity 2 ......................................................................................................................... E
........................................................................................................................................... B
difference 1 ........................................................................................................................ clear area paper disc
where bacteria with antibiotic
........................................................................................................................................... did not grow
D
difference 2 ........................................................................................................................
C
...........................................................................................................................................
[4]
Fig. 4.2
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(i) The strain of bacteria used in this investigation causes a disease. BLANK PAGE
Using the information in Fig. 4.2, explain why antibiotic E would be the most effective at
treating this disease.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) The results in Fig. 4.2 show that this strain of bacteria is resistant to antibiotic A.
Five years ago, a similar investigation found that the clear area for antibiotic A was the
same size as antibiotic B is in Fig. 4.2.
Explain how bacteria become resistant to antibiotics.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(iii) Describe how to minimise the risk of antibiotic B developing the same results as
antibiotic A.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 13]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
5 The Arabian oryx and the northern white rhinoceros are both mammals. (b) Different conservation methods are used to try to prevent species from becoming extinct.
Fig. 5.1 is a photograph of an Arabian oryx. Fig. 5.2 is a photograph of a northern white rhinoceros. A population of the Arabian oryx and a population of northern white rhinoceros were monitored.
Fig. 5.3 shows how the population size of each species has changed over time.
350 35
300 30
250 25
number of 200 20 number of

northern
Arabian
white
oryx
150 15 rhinoceros
100 10
Fig. 5.1
50 5
0 0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
year
key:
Arabian oryx
northern white rhinoceros
Fig. 5.3
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in the number of Arabian oryx between 1990 and
2000.
Give your answer to three significant figures.
Space for working.
Fig. 5.2
(a) Describe two pieces of evidence visible in Fig. 5.1 and Fig. 5.2 that show these animals are
mammals.
1 ................................................................................................................................................ ............................................................ %
[3]
m
m
co
co
2 ................................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
[2]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(ii) Describe the data for the northern white rhinoceros shown in Fig. 5.3. BLANK PAGE
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(c) Suggest the conservation methods that were used to increase the number of Arabian oryx
between 1978 and 2000.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Explain the risks to the northern white rhinoceros species as a result of its population size.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 14]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
6 (a) Complete Table 6.1 to show the names, functions and sites of action of the three different (b) Enzymes are proteins.
digestive enzymes.
Fig. 6.1 shows the stages involved in protein synthesis.
Table 6.1
A – codes for a protein
name of enzyme function site of action DNA
stage 1
pepsin
nuclear membrane
trypsin
breaks down maltose to glucose
DNA
[3]
stage 2
nuclear membrane
stage 3 B
m
m
C
co
co
e.
e.
not to scale
at
at
-m
-m
Fig. 6.1
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(i) State the name of the parts represented by the letters A and C in Fig. 6.1. BLANK PAGE
A ........................................................................................................................................
C ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Describe the events that occur during stage 2 in Fig. 6.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State what determines the order in which the parts labelled B are assembled.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) The shape of a protein is very important for its function.
Explain the importance of shape for the function of an enzyme.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 11]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2022 0610/42/F/M/22 © UCLES 2022 0610/42/F/M/22
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Enzymes are used in genetic engineering.
(a) Define the term enzyme.

Cambridge IGCSE™ ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The process of genetic engineering often starts with the steps shown in Fig. 1.1.
upper DNA strand

* 3 9 5 6 9 4 5 6 1 7 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43
G A A T T C
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2021 step 1 lower DNA strand
1 hour 15 minutes

step 2 enzyme 1
INSTRUCTIONS
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. A A T T C
G
● Do not write on any bar codes. step 3
Fig. 1.1
INFORMATION
(i) State the sequence of bases on the lower strand of the DNA molecule in step 1.
upper DNA strand G A A T T C
lower DNA strand
[1]
(ii) State the name of enzyme 1 in step 2 of Fig. 1.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (LK) 308227/5 R
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/43/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(iii) Describe the effect of enzyme 1 on the DNA molecule in step 3. (c) Another enzyme, enzyme 2, is used later in the process of genetic engineering.
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 1.2 is a diagram showing the action of enzyme 2.
........................................................................................................................................... plasmid DNA

strands
...........................................................................................................................................
upper DNA strand
........................................................................................................................................... of the gene
..................................................................................................................................... [2] lower DNA strand

step 6 of the gene
(iv) Explain how enzyme 1 in Fig. 1.1 is specific to the exact sequence of DNA bases.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
step 7 enzyme 2
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
step 8
Fig. 1.2
(i) Some organisms naturally contain DNA in the form of a plasmid.
State the name of the type of organism that naturally contains plasmids.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the name of enzyme 2 in step 7 of Fig. 1.2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State the name of the molecule formed in step 8.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(d) Sketch a graph to describe how the activity of the enzymes used in genetic engineering would 2 Fig. 2.1 is a photomicrograph of the end of a plant root.
change if the reaction occurred at a range of temperatures from very cold to very hot.
Label the axes with appropriate titles.

length / mm
Do not use units or a numbered scale.
root tip 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Fig. 2.1
Fig. 2.2 shows the results of a study on the rate of uptake of nitrate ions at different points along
the root shown in Fig. 2.1.
30
[3]
25
[Total: 14]
20
rate of nitrate ion

uptake 15
/ pmol per cm2 per s
10
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
distance from root tip / mm
Fig. 2.2
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(a) (i) Describe the rate of uptake of nitrate ions along the root. (iv) Explain why plants need nitrate ions, other than for the uptake of water.
Use the information in Fig. 2.1 and Fig. 2.2 in your answer. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
........................................................................................................................................... (v) Describe how nitrate ions are formed in the soil.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain how nitrate ions move from the soil into roots. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(iii) Explain why the uptake of ions, such as nitrate, is important for the uptake of water in
roots.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(b) (i) Fig. 2.3 shows some of the events that occur when high concentrations of nitrate ions 3 A researcher investigated genetic variation in fruit flies, Drosophila melanogaster.
flow into lakes.
The bodies of fruit flies can be black or yellow. A yellow body colour is a recessive feature in fruit
A a decrease in the concentration of dissolved oxygen flies.
B a decrease in the population of consumers (a) Two heterozygous fruit flies with black bodies were bred together.
C a decrease in the population of producers Predict the phenotypes of the offspring and the phenotypic ratio for this cross.
D a decrease in light intensity at the bottom of the lake
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
E an increase in the population of decomposers
(b) In another fruit fly breeding experiment, researchers counted 124 offspring with black bodies
F an increase in the population of producers and 121 offspring with yellow bodies.
Draw a genetic diagram to explain the results of this cross. Use the letter B to represent the
Fig. 2.3
allele for black body colour and the letter b to represent the allele for yellow body colour.
Put the events shown in Fig. 2.3 into the correct sequence.
parental phenotypes .................................. × ..................................
parental genotypes .................................. × ..................................

[2]
(ii) State the name of the process summarised in Fig. 2.3.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] gametes , × ,

............. ............. ............. .............
[Total: 19]
offspring genotypes ..................................................................................................................
expected offspring phenotype ratio ...................... black : ...................... yellow
actual offspring phenotype ratio 124 black : 121 yellow

[5]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(c) The crab, Cerberusa caeca, lives in dark caves and has no coloured pigment. (d) The ancestors of C. caeca had pigmented bodies.
Fig. 3.1 is a photograph of C. caeca. The lack of a coloured pigment in C. caeca is called albinism and was caused by a mutation
many thousands of years ago.
(i) Explain the mechanism that has resulted in the allele for albinism becoming common in
recent generations in populations of C. caeca.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.1
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(i) C. caeca and D. melanogaster are both arthropods.
(ii) State two factors that can cause mutations.
State one feature present in all arthropods but not present in vertebrates.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
2 ........................................................................................................................................
(ii) C. caeca is a crustacean and D. melanogaster is an insect. [2]
State one morphological feature of C. caeca that distinguishes it as a crustacean and [Total: 13]
not as an insect.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
4 HIV is a pathogen that can cause AIDS. (d) Doctors wanted to determine whether dietary supplements could help people infected
with HIV.
(a) Describe how HIV is transmitted from one person to another.
They randomly put volunteers with HIV into two groups:
................................................................................................................................................... • a treatment group, who received HIV medication and additional vitamin and mineral
supplements
................................................................................................................................................... • a control group, who received HIV medication but no additional supplements.
................................................................................................................................................... The details of the two groups are outlined in Table 4.1.
................................................................................................................................................... Table 4.1
................................................................................................................................................... treatment group control group
................................................................................................................................................... total number of volunteers 18 22

average age / years 45.6 46.6
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
average mass / kg 82.3 82.5
(b) All viruses contain genetic material. HIV contains genetic material called RNA.
The dietary supplements were given to the treatment group twice a day for three months. The
State one other feature common to all viruses. nutrients in the supplements included:
• vitamin C
............................................................................................................................................. [1] • vitamin D
• calcium
(c) (i) Describe the function of lymphocytes. • iron
• other minerals and vitamins.
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Explain why vitamin C and iron are important in the human diet.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State how infection with HIV affects the lymphocytes if untreated.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Table 4.2 shows some of the results from the study. 5 Fig. 5.1 shows people fishing on a large scale and a small scale.
Table 4.2
treatment group control group

after three after three
at the start at the start
months months
average number of
357 422 461 461
lymphocytes / cells per μg of blood
average number of copies of HIV
4291 897 2648 5935
RNA per cm3 of blood
(ii) Use the data for the treatment group, shown in Table 4.2, to calculate the percentage
decrease in the average number of copies of HIV RNA per cm3 of blood.
large-scale fishing small-scale fishing
Space for working.
Fig. 5.1
All types of fishing can have a negative impact on fish stocks.
(a) Discuss how governments can regulate fishing to maintain fish stocks.
Use the word sustainable in your answer.

.............................................................%
[2] ...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) Evaluate the effect of the dietary supplements on the lymphocytes. ...................................................................................................................................................
Use the information in Table 4.2 in your answer. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 16] ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(b) Fig. 5.2 shows the location of a chemical factory near a river. 6 The heart pumps blood around the body.
(a) Explain why the heart is an organ.
...................................................................................................................................................
site 1 ...................................................................................................................................................
direction of
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
water flow
(b) Complete the sentences:
The ............................................... system includes the heart and blood vessels. Deoxygenated
site 2
blood from the body is transported to the heart in the ............................................... .
During a heart beat the ventricles contract. The right ventricle pumps deoxygenated blood to
Fig. 5.2
the lungs. The right ventricle has a ............................................... muscular wall than the left
Fig. 5.3 shows the sex ratio of the fish, Catostomus commersonii, in the river at site 1 and
ventricle.
site 2. Intersex fish have both female and male reproductive organs.
Key:
Gas exchange in the lungs occurs by ............................................... . Oxygenated blood
female
site 1
intersex travels back to the heart where it enters the ............................................... of the heart.
male
The two sides of the heart are separated by the ............................................... . This
site 2
structure prevents the mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood. Oxygenated blood is
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 then delivered to the rest of the body. Blood is supplied to the muscle of the heart in the
percentage of fish
............................................... .
Fig. 5.3 [7]
State and explain what type of chemical the factory could be releasing into the river that
would cause the effects shown in Fig. 5.3. (c) Many people monitor their heart rate by counting their pulse.
type of chemical ........................................................................................................................ State one other method of monitoring heart rate.
explanation ............................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
................................................................................................................................................... [Total: 9]
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) State how sex is inherited in humans.

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 9]
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/43/O/N/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/43/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Fig. 1.1 shows several villi from the ileum, which is part of the small intestine.
(a) State the name of one other part of the small intestine.
Cambridge IGCSE™ ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
area enlarged
in Fig. 1.2
lacteal
* 5 6 6 0 8 4 5 5 8 2 *
goblet cells
BIOLOGY 0610/42
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. Fig. 1.1
● You may use a calculator. Fig. 1.2 shows the tip of a villus in more detail.
INFORMATION
goblet cell
microvilli
epithelial cells
Fig. 1.2
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (KN/CGW) 203280/4
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/42/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) The epithelial cells of the villi absorb nutrients by diffusion and active transport. (e) Complete Table 1.1 by identifying the level of organisation of each structure.
(i) Describe how active transport differs from diffusion. Choose your answers from the list. Each word or phrase may be used once, more than once
or not at all.
...........................................................................................................................................
cell cell structure organ organ system organism tissue
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 1.1
...........................................................................................................................................
structure level of organisation
...........................................................................................................................................
gall bladder
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
endoplasmic reticulum
(ii) Explain the importance of the microvilli shown in Fig. 1.2.
intestinal epithelium
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ileum
........................................................................................................................................... [4]
........................................................................................................................................... (f) Many fungi are decomposers that feed on dead plants. The fungi secrete enzymes to digest
large molecules.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
Students made an extract from a species of fungus. The extract contained digestive enzymes.
(c) Goblet cells provide protection for the epithelial cells that line the intestine.
The students carried out an investigation to find out if amylase and pectinase were present in
(i) State the name of the protective substance produced by goblet cells. the fungal extract.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] They made agar plates by filling Petri dishes with agar jelly containing either starch or pectin.
They cut four holes of the same size in the agar jelly in each Petri dish.
(ii) Suggest why a protective substance is necessary in the intestines.
The holes in each Petri dish contained the same volume of:
........................................................................................................................................... A – 1% amylase solution
B – 1% pectinase solution
........................................................................................................................................... C – distilled water
D – fungal extract.
...........................................................................................................................................
The Petri dishes were kept at 27 °C for four days. After this time a dye was poured into each
........................................................................................................................................... dish to stain the areas where starch and pectin remained.
..................................................................................................................................... [2] Fig. 1.3 shows drawings of the stained agar in the Petri dishes. The clear zones indicate the
areas where no starch or pectin remained.
(d) Fig. 1.1 shows a lacteal in the centre of each villus.
Describe the roles of lacteals.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
...................................................................................................................................................
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
Petri dish containing starch Petri dish containing pectin 2 (a) A scientist investigated sexual reproduction in flowering plants.
in agar jelly in agar jelly
Fig. 2.1 shows the procedure for crossing two plants of the same species.
A B A B
Key:
stained area paint brush used

clear zone anthers are removed to pick up pollen
C D C from flower 1 from flower 2
D
hole in agar jelly
pollen transferred
stigma ready to to the stigma of
receive pollen flower 1
Fig. 1.3
(i) State what conclusions can be made about the enzymes in the fungal extract and give
evidence from Fig. 1.3 to support your conclusions.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... bag placed

around flower 1
........................................................................................................................................... and tied tightly
...........................................................................................................................................
seeds develop in flower 1
........................................................................................................................................... after fertilisation
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1
...........................................................................................................................................
The scientist collected the seeds and germinated them. The leaves and flowers of the offspring
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
plants showed phenotypic variation as they were not all identical to the parent plants.
(ii) The investigation was repeated but at 5 °C instead of at 27 °C.
The scientist then investigated the chromosomes of all the offspring plants and found that
they had exactly the same number of chromosomes as the parent plants.
Predict the effect of the lower temperature on the results.
(i) Define the term chromosome.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
.c
.c
[Total: 21]
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(ii) Suggest why the scientist placed a bag around flower 1. (b) The plant Camellia japonica has flowers that can be white, red or a mixture of these two
colours. When red-flowered plants are crossed with white-flowered plants, all the offspring
........................................................................................................................................... plants have flowers with petals that are a mixture of red and white, as shown in Fig. 2.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain how sexual reproduction results in the variation that the scientist discovered in
the offspring plants.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.2
..................................................................................................................................... [2] • The gene for petal colour in C. japonica is given the symbol P.
• The allele for white petals is given the symbol PW.
(iv) The chromosome number of the offspring plants is the same as the chromosome number
of the parent plants in this investigation. • The allele for red petals is given the symbol PR.
Explain how the chromosome number is maintained from one generation to the next. (i) Table 2.1 shows the phenotypes of three different pairs of parent plants.
........................................................................................................................................... Complete Table 2.1 by giving all the possible genotypes of the offspring plants that could
be produced by these parent plants.
...........................................................................................................................................
Space for working.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
Table 2.1 3 Fig. 3.1 shows the changes in the concentrations of the hormones FSH and LH during a menstrual
cycle.
phenotype of female all the possible genotypes of offspring
phenotype of male parent 45 Key:
parent plants produced by this cross
= LH
40
= FSH
red petals red petals
35
30
white petals red petals
concentration 25
of hormone
/ arbitrary units 20
petals that are both red petals that are both red
and white and white
15
[3] 10
(ii) State the type of inheritance that is shown by petal colour in C. japonica.
5
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
[Total: 11]
days in the menstrual cycle
Fig. 3.1
(a) (i) Suggest the target organ for FSH.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State how FSH reaches its target organ.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Describe the relationship shown by the two hormones in Fig. 3.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(b) Describe the roles of FSH and LH in the menstrual cycle. 4 Involuntary actions occur because nerve impulses travel along the components of reflex arcs.
................................................................................................................................................... An example of an involuntary action is the rapid movement of a hand after unexpectedly touching
a very hot object.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1 shows the structures that are involved in the movement of the hand.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
W
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Describe the changes that occur in the lining of the uterus during one menstrual cycle. U X
V
................................................................................................................................................... hot object Y
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Z
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(d) Oral contraceptives are a method of birth control taken by women.
Outline how the hormones in contraceptives act as a method of birth control.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
[Total: 14]
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(a) Table 4.1 shows the functions of some of the structures shown in Fig. 4.1, the names of the (b) Fig. 4.2 shows the structure of the synapse at W on Fig. 4.1.
structures and the letter from Fig. 4.1 that identifies each structure.
Complete Table 4.1.

Table 4.1
function name letter on Fig. 4.1
conducts impulses to central nervous

system (CNS)
conducts impulses to an effector
conducts impulses only within the Fig. 4.2

CNS
Describe how an impulse travels across the synapse shown in Fig. 4.2.
...................................................................................................................................................
receptor
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Z
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[5]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) State one example of a reflex action that occurs in the eye.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 10]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
BLANK PAGE 5 (a) State two factors that affect the volume of urine produced in the human body.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) Nitrogen is an important element for organisms.
In a livestock farm, waste from animals contains protein. This waste is often spread on
farmland as a fertiliser.
Describe how the nitrogen in protein is recycled in the soil into a form that plants can absorb
and use.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(c) Waste from livestock farms often pollutes water courses, such as streams and rivers, leading 6 Enzymes are catalysts.
to a reduction in biodiversity.
(a) Define the term catalyst.
Explain how the pollution of water courses by animal waste leads to a reduction in biodiversity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(b) Fig. 6.1 shows diagrams of three enzymes and eight different substrates.
...................................................................................................................................................
W
...................................................................................................................................................
1
3
................................................................................................................................................... V
P
...................................................................................................................................................
U Q
...................................................................................................................................................
2 R
................................................................................................................................................... T S
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) State the letter of the substrate that will be broken down by enzyme 1.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(ii) Explain, in terms of enzyme structure, the reason for your choice in 6(b)(i).
[Total: 13]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(c) Table 6.1 lists some enzymes and the reactions that they catalyse. BLANK PAGE
Complete Table 6.1.
Table 6.1
enzyme reaction
maltase breakdown of maltose to ...............................
............................... breakdown of proteins to amino acids
lipase breakdown of fats to ............................... and ...............................
............................... breakdown of lactose to simpler sugars
............................... insertion of a short length of DNA into a plasmid
restriction enzyme .......................................................................................................
[6]
[Total: 11]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/42/O/N/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/42/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fish, mammals and birds are all groups of vertebrates.
(i) State the names of the two other main groups of vertebrates.
Cambridge IGCSE™ ................................................................... and .......................................................... [1]
(ii) Complete Table 1.1 to compare the features of fish, mammals and birds.
Table 1.1
feature fish mammals birds

* 8 1 4 7 8 1 8 2 3 7 *
organ involved in gas

BIOLOGY 0610/41 gills lungs
exchange
1 hour 15 minutes
circulatory system double
body covering fur

INSTRUCTIONS
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. presence of external ears
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided. no
(pinnae)
● You may use a calculator. [3]
INFORMATION

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (ST/JG) 202999/5
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/41/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) Fig. 1.1 is a micrograph of part of some fish gills. (c) Some pollutants decrease the concentration of dissolved oxygen in rivers. This can result in
the death of fish.
(i) State one type of pollutant that can result in a decrease in the concentration of dissolved
oxygen in rivers.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Researchers investigated the effect of the concentration of dissolved oxygen in water on
gas diffusion distance in tissues. The thickness of fish gills was used to determine the
gas diffusion distance.
The researchers changed the concentration of dissolved oxygen by bubbling different

concentrations of oxygen into water. The temperature of the water was kept constant at
15 °C.
Their results are shown in Fig. 1.2.

magnification ×110
3.5
Fig. 1.1 3.0

Fish gills are adapted for gas exchange by diffusion.
2.5
(i) Define the term diffusion.
gas diffusion 2.0
........................................................................................................................................... distance / μm
1.5
...........................................................................................................................................
1.0
...........................................................................................................................................
0.5
...........................................................................................................................................
0.0
..................................................................................................................................... [2] 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
(ii) Suggest one adaptation, visible in Fig. 1.1, that shows that fish gills are efficient structures dissolved oxygen concentration / mg per dm3
for gas exchange by diffusion.
Fig. 1.2
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
Fig. 1.3 shows the relationship between the concentration of dissolved oxygen and water 2 (a) Two tomato plants that produce red fruit were bred together.
temperature.
This cross produced 71 offspring plants with red fruit and 26 offspring plants with yellow fruit.
Complete the genetic diagram to show this cross.

12
Select a suitable letter to represent the alleles and decide which allele will need a capital
11 letter and which allele will need a lower case letter.
10
dissolved letter representing the allele for red fruit ...................................................................................
oxygen
9 letter representing the allele for yellow fruit ..............................................................................
concentration
/ mg per dm3
8
parental phenotypes red fruit × red fruit
7
parental genotypes .................................. × ..................................
6
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
temperature / °C
gametes , × ,
............. ............. ............. .............
Fig. 1.3
Complete steps 1 to 3 to determine the effect on gas diffusion distance of increasing the
temperature of the water from 15 °C to 25 °C.
Step 1
Find the concentration of dissolved oxygen from Fig. 1.3 at:
15 °C: ................................. mg per dm3 25 °C: ................................. mg per dm3
Step 2
Use the values from step 1 to find the gas diffusion distances from Fig. 1.2:
................................. µm ................................. µm
offspring genotypes ........................................................................................................
Step 3
Calculate the difference in the values from step 2. expected phenotype ratio ...................... red fruit : ...................... yellow fruit
................................. µm actual phenotype ratio 71 red fruit : 26 yellow fruit

[3] [6]
(b) Researchers carried out some experiments on tomato plants that were homozygous for fruit
[Total: 11]
colour.
State how the researchers could be sure that the fruit came from homozygous plants.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(c) The researchers analysed two pigments, chlorophyll and lycopene, in homozygous red (d) A gene is responsible for the production of lycopene in fruits. Geneticists have recently
tomato fruit and homozygous yellow tomato fruit. Chlorophyll is found in unripe tomato fruit. produced genetically modified pink pineapples using the gene associated with the production
of lycopene.
(i) Describe the function of chlorophyll.
(i) Genes are found at specific locations on an important biological molecule.
...........................................................................................................................................
State the name of this biological molecule.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) Describe the disadvantages of genetically modifying crops.
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State the name of one mineral required for the synthesis of chlorophyll. ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) The researchers analysed the concentration of the pigments in tomato fruits: ...........................................................................................................................................
• before they were ready to eat (unripe)
• when they were ready to eat (ripe). ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
The results of the analysis are shown in Table 2.1. [Total: 16]
Table 2.1
chlorophyll concentration lycopene concentration

/ mg per g of tomato fruit / mg per g of tomato fruit
unripe red fruit 10.0 0.0
ripe red fruit 1.2 105.7
unripe yellow fruit 6.2 0.0
ripe yellow fruit 0.4 0.7
Use the information in Table 2.1 to compare the changes in pigments in red fruit and
yellow fruit as they ripen.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
3 Some washing powders contain enzymes. (ii) Explain why the manufacturer states that the washing powder works best at 30 °C and
should not be used above 50 °C.
(a) Fig. 3.1 shows a box of biological washing powder containing enzymes.
...........................................................................................................................................
Wonder washing
powder ...........................................................................................................................................
Biological washing powder ...........................................................................................................................................

removes stains made from oil, egg, juice,
grass and many more. ...........................................................................................................................................
Directions:
...........................................................................................................................................
• add 1–2 scoops to main wash
• works best at 30 °C but do not use above 50 °C
...........................................................................................................................................
Ingredients:
• soap ...........................................................................................................................................
• enzymes
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.1
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(i) Eggs contain protein.
(b) Scientists used enzymes and bile in the early development of biological washing powders.
Describe how the biological washing powder removes egg stains.
Outline the roles of bile in the body.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 11]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
4 Cholera is a transmissible disease. (iv) There was an outbreak of cholera in the area two months after the new vaccine was
given.
(a) State the name of the type of pathogen that causes cholera.
The people who had symptoms of cholera were monitored in hospital for two days.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
Some of the infected people had received the new vaccine and others had not received
(b) A study was designed to test the effectiveness of a cholera vaccine in an area where the vaccine.
outbreaks of cholera occur frequently.
The doctors gave some people in this area the new vaccine.
100
(i) Suggest what the cholera vaccine must contain to be effective.
90
...........................................................................................................................................
80 Key:
...........................................................................................................................................
vaccinated
70
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
not vaccinated
(ii) Explain why the people were not protected from cholera immediately after receiving the 60
percentage
vaccine. of people in
hospital with 50
........................................................................................................................................... the symptom
40
...........................................................................................................................................
30
...........................................................................................................................................
20
...........................................................................................................................................
10
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 0
pathogen present diarrhoea high body
in faeces temperature
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
factors monitored in hospital
(iii) The doctors ensured that the people who received the new vaccine had not had cholera
before. Fig. 4.1
Suggest why. Using the information in Fig. 4.1, discuss how effective the vaccine was at preventing the
symptoms of cholera.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(c) (i) Explain how cholera causes diarrhoea. 5 The circulatory system is comprised of the heart, blood vessels and the blood.
........................................................................................................................................... (a) Explain how the structures of the heart ensure that blood flows in one direction.
........................................................................................................................................... Include the names of these structures in your answer.
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4] ...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Describe how diarrhoea is treated. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [4]
........................................................................................................................................... (b) Fig. 5.1 shows a diagram of some blood vessels associated with the skin.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... J
Key:
..................................................................................................................................... [2] indicates the
direction of
blood flow
[Total: 14]
P K
N M
not to scale
Fig. 5.1
Table 5.1 shows the functions of some blood vessels.

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
Complete Table 5.1 by:
at
at
• naming the type of blood vessel
-m
-m
•
am
am
stating the letter of the type of blood vessel from Fig. 5.1.
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Table 5.1 6 Many crop plants are grown as monocultures.
function type of blood vessel letter on Fig. 5.1 Fig. 6.1 shows the destruction of a monoculture of maize as a result of drought.
regulates blood flow by constricting

and dilating
collects blood from a network of the

narrowest blood vessels
withstands the highest blood

pressure
allows the transfer of substances to

and from tissue fluid
transports blood towards the heart
redirects blood flow deeper under the

surface of the skin
Fig. 6.1
[6]
(a) Describe the negative impacts to an ecosystem of large-scale monocultures, such as the one
(c) State the name of the blood vessels that deliver blood to the: shown in Fig. 6.1.
kidneys ..................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
heart muscle ............................................................................................................................. ...................................................................................................................................................

[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(d) Describe how blockages in the vessels that deliver blood to the heart muscle can be treated.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 16]
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(b) The fruits of maize are produced on structures called cobs. Each cob has many fruits. (c) The process of selective breeding involves a series of steps, as shown in Fig. 6.3.
Fig. 6.2 shows how the maize cobs have changed over thousands of years as a result of Step 1 select two plants with desirable features
selective breeding.
fruit
Step 2 transfer pollen from the flower of one plant to a

flower on the second plant
length of
maize cob maize cob
Step 3 use bags to cover the flowers that are pollinated
Step 4 collect the seeds, germinate them and wait for

the plants to grow
time
Fig. 6.2
State two desirable features, visible in Fig. 6.2, that have been selected from the more Step 5 select the plants from step 4 that have the
ancient varieties of maize. desirable features
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
Step 6 continue step 2 to step 5 for many generations
Fig. 6.3
(i) Explain why the flowers are covered with bags in step 3.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why the seeds in step 4 need oxygen to germinate.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
...........................................................................................................................................
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(iii) Explain why some of the plants in step 5 may show features not visible in the parent BLANK PAGE
plants.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Suggest why selective breeding should continue for many generations (step 6).
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(v) State how new features, which did not exist in ancient varieties of a crop plant, could
appear.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 12]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/41/O/N/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/41/O/N/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) (i) The main component of milk is a liquid that is an important solvent in the body.
State the name of this solvent.

Cambridge IGCSE™ ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Table 1.1 shows some of the nutrients found in human milk, the elements that make up
the nutrients, the enzymes that digest them and the products of digestion.
Complete Table 1.1.
Table 1.1
* 3 6 0 5 4 1 7 5 1 9 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43 nutrient elements enzyme products of digestion

1 hour 15 minutes protein

fat
INSTRUCTIONS
● Use a black or dark blue pen. You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. lactose (milk galactose and glucose
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. C, H, O
sugar) (simple sugars)
● Do not use an erasable pen or correction fluid. [4]
● You may use a calculator. (b) Milk also contains vitamins and mineral salts.
(i) Explain why vitamin D is important for the nutrition of children.
INFORMATION ...........................................................................................................................................
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (CE/SG) 203218/4
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/43/M/J/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(ii) Explain why iron is important in the diet. (iii) Outline the causes of kwashiorkor.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................... [2] [Total: 18]
(c) Rubella and kwashiorkor are two diseases that affect children.
2 Insulin is a protein made by cells in the pancreas.
Rubella is a transmissible disease and kwashiorkor is a non-transmissible disease.
Fig. 2.1 shows how insulin is made in a pancreatic cell.
(i) Define the term transmissible disease.
DNA
amino acids
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
nucleus
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Explain why women should be vaccinated against rubella before they reach reproductive
age.
...........................................................................................................................................
amino acids assembled
to form insulin
........................................................................................................................................... A
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... B not to scale
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.1
........................................................................................................................................... (a) (i) State the name of molecule A in Fig. 2.1.
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [4] (ii) State the name of structure B in Fig. 2.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(iii) Explain the role of molecule A in protein synthesis, as shown in Fig. 2.1. 3 Scientists measured the rate of photosynthesis in the leaves of a sunflower plant, Helianthus
annuus.
...........................................................................................................................................
The scientists used the apparatus shown in Fig. 3.1 to measure the rate of photosynthesis.
...........................................................................................................................................
direction of air flow
...........................................................................................................................................
air flow regulator chamber 1 chamber 2 chamber 3
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
temperature 20 °C
..................................................................................................................................... [3] CO2 360 ppm
(b) Insulin is secreted from cells in the pancreas when the concentration of glucose in the blood CO2 400 ppm timer
increases. 00:00
Outline the role of insulin. Fig. 3.1
................................................................................................................................................... (a) The apparatus in Fig. 3.1 maintains a constant temperature and a constant humidity.
................................................................................................................................................... (i) Explain why temperature has an effect on the rate of photosynthesis.
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4] ...........................................................................................................................................
(c) State the names of two substances, other than insulin, that are secreted by the pancreas. ...........................................................................................................................................
1 ................................................................................................................................................ ...........................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................ ..................................................................................................................................... [4]

[2]
[Total: 11]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(ii) Explain why the rate of photosynthesis will decrease if the humidity in the apparatus (b) The scientists carried out another investigation using the same apparatus at different
becomes very low. temperatures.
........................................................................................................................................... They measured the rate of uptake of carbon dioxide in the light and then they measured the
rate of release of carbon dioxide in the dark.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
160
...........................................................................................................................................
140
........................................................................................................................................... CO2 uptake
120 in the light
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3] 100

rate of carbon
(iii) The apparatus was left for 15 minutes. dioxide uptake
and release 80
Explain how the scientists would use the readings for the concentration of carbon dioxide / μg per hour
in chambers 1 and 3 to calculate the rate of photosynthesis. per cm2 of leaf
60
........................................................................................................................................... CO2 release

40
in the dark
...........................................................................................................................................
20
...........................................................................................................................................
0
........................................................................................................................................... 15 20 25 30 35 40
temperature / °C
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
Fig. 3.2
(i) Use the information in Fig. 3.2 to complete Table 3.1.
Table 3.1
temperature rate of uptake of carbon dioxide in rate of release of carbon dioxide in

/ °C the light / μg per hour per cm2 of leaf the dark / μg per hour per cm2 of leaf
20
35 90 45
[2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(ii) The scientists determined that photosynthesis in the leaves at 35 °C used carbon dioxide BLANK PAGE
at a rate of 135 μg per hour per cm2 of leaf. Fig. 3.2 shows that the rate of carbon dioxide
uptake at 35 °C was 90 μg per hour per cm2 of leaf.
Explain why the rate at which carbon dioxide is used in photosynthesis is greater than
the rate of carbon dioxide uptake.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) Explain why the results in Table 3.1 are expressed as ‘per cm2 of leaf’ rather than ‘per
leaf’.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(c) Some crops are grown in controlled environments. Glasshouses are an example of a 4 There are three species of rhinoceros in Asia. Fig. 4.1 shows an Indian rhinoceros, Rhinoceros
controlled environment. Fig. 3.3 shows a glasshouse where lettuces are growing. unicornis, in a national park being observed by tourists who are riding on an elephant.
Fig. 3.3
Discuss the advantages of growing crops in glasshouses.
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 4.1

................................................................................................................................................... The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) collects data on animal species and
places them into categories based on estimated numbers.
...................................................................................................................................................
Table 4.1 summarises the conservation status of the three species of rhinoceros, as available in
................................................................................................................................................... 2020.
................................................................................................................................................... Table 4.1
...................................................................................................................................................
approximate approximate
................................................................................................................................................... species location number in number in IUCN category
the wild captivity
................................................................................................................................................... Indian rhinoceros national parks
Rhinoceros in south Nepal 3588 160 vulnerable
................................................................................................................................................... unicornis and north India
................................................................................................................................................... Javan rhinoceros one national

Rhinoceros park in Java, 72 0 critically endangered
................................................................................................................................................... sondaicus Indonesia
Sumatran national parks
...................................................................................................................................................
rhinoceros in Sumatra
<80 7 critically endangered
Dicerorhinus and Borneo in
...................................................................................................................................................
sumatrensis Indonesia
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
[Total: 20]
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(a) Outline the reasons why large mammals, such as some species of rhinoceros, are (ii) Captive breeding programmes often use artificial insemination.
endangered.
Outline the process of artificial insemination.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 10]
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
(b) In 2013, Cincinnati Zoo in the USA announced that they were hoping to breed together
rhinoceros that were brother and sister as part of their captive breeding programme.
(i) Discuss the problems that using such closely related animals might have for the
conservation of rhinoceros.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
5 (a) Table 5.1 shows four functions of the human gas exchange system. (b) Scientists investigated the effect of increasing carbon dioxide concentration in the air on
the rate and depth of breathing. The people who took part in the investigation were healthy
Complete Table 5.1 by identifying the part of the human gas exchange system that carries out volunteers.
each function.
The people breathed atmospheric air containing 0.04% carbon dioxide for five minutes.
Table 5.1 They then breathed air containing 2% carbon dioxide for five minutes and then returned to
breathing atmospheric air for a further five minutes.
part of the human gas exchange
function The results are shown in Fig. 5.1.
system
0.04% CO2 2% CO2 0.04% CO2
contracts to decrease air pressure in the
lungs 70
allows air to flow between the larynx and 60

the lungs
50
contracts to lower the ribs in forced
expiration
40
site of gas exchange

percentage 30
change in rate
[4] and depth of
breathing 20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
–10
–20
time / minutes
key:
rate of breathing
depth of breathing
Fig. 5.1
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
Describe the effects of changing the carbon dioxide concentration of the air on the rate and 6 There are four blood groups in the ABO system in humans: A, B, AB and O.
depth of breathing, as shown in Fig. 5.1.
The gene that determines blood group has three alleles: IA, IB and Io.
...................................................................................................................................................
(a) Parents with the genotypes IAIo and IBIo are planning to have more children.
...................................................................................................................................................
Complete the genetic diagram to determine the probability that the next child will have blood
................................................................................................................................................... group O.
................................................................................................................................................... parental blood groups A B
................................................................................................................................................... parental genotypes IAIo IBIo
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Punnett square
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Complete the sentences by writing the appropriate word or phrase in the spaces provided.
During physical activity the carbon dioxide concentration in the blood increases. The
reason for this is an increase in the rate of ............................................... that occurs in the
............................................... in muscle cells.
The increase in the concentration of carbon dioxide in the blood is detected by the phenotypes of
the children ...............................................................................................................................
............................................... , which increases the rate and depth of breathing so that carbon
probability that the child will have blood group O .....................................................................
dioxide can be ............................................... from the body. This is important because carbon [4]
dioxide is a ............................................... substance and can cause harm if it accumulates. (b) Explain why the ABO blood group system is an example of co-dominance.
[5]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 13]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(c) Fig. 6.1 shows the percentages of the global population with the four different blood groups in BLANK PAGE
the ABO system.
45
40
35
30
percentage 25
of the global
population
20
15
10
0
A B AB O
blood group
Fig. 6.1
With reference to Fig. 6.1, explain why the ABO blood group system is an example of
discontinuous variation.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 8]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/43/M/J/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/43/M/J/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Baker’s yeast, Saccharomyces cerevisiae, is a single-celled organism that is classified in the
kingdom Fungi.
Cambridge IGCSE™ Fig. 1.1 is a drawing of a section through a yeast cell.
G B
F
* 0 7 5 4 4 5 0 6 9 8 *
BIOLOGY 0610/41 C

1 hour 15 minutes E
No additional materials are needed. D
INSTRUCTIONS 1 μm
Fig. 1.1
(i) State one other kingdom that contains organisms that all have structure A.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Table 1.1 shows some cell functions.
Complete Table 1.1 by naming the cell structure responsible for each cell function and
INFORMATION
give the letter that identifies each cell structure in Fig. 1.1.
Table 1.1
cell function cell structure letter from Fig. 1.1
storage of genes
aerobic respiration
amino acids are assembled to

make protein
[3]

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (LK/CB) 202934/5
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/41/M/J/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) A student made a drawing of one Escherichia coli bacterium. Fig. 1.2 shows the student’s (d) Some bacteria are involved in the nitrogen cycle.
drawing.
Fig. 1.3 shows part of the nitrogen cycle.
nitrogen (N2)
1
3 3
ammonium ions nitrite ions nitrate ions

Fig. 1.2 (NH4+) (NO2–) (NO3–)
amino acids
2
The actual length of the bacterial cell is 2 μm.
proteins
(i) Convert the actual length of the cell to millimetres.
Fig. 1.3
................................................... mm [1]
State the processes that are represented by 1, 2 and 3 on Fig. 1.3.
(ii) State the other information that the student needs in order to calculate the magnification
of the drawing in Fig. 1.2. 1 ................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1] 2 ................................................................................................................................................
(c) Describe the similarities and differences between the structure of the yeast cell and the 3 ................................................................................................................................................
structure of the bacterial cell. [3]
Use the information in Fig. 1.1 and Fig. 1.2 in your answer. [Total: 15]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 Large quantities of plastic waste are polluting the oceans. (b) The green turtle, Chelonia mydas, is a species of marine animal that is harmed by plastic
waste.
(a) A survey published in March 2018 showed the increase in plastic waste in the Pacific Ocean.
One area of the Pacific Ocean is known as the Great Pacific Garbage Patch (GPGP). Fig. 2.2 shows a green turtle swimming past a plastic bag in the Pacific Ocean.
Data were collected from areas inside and outside the GPGP between 1965 and 2015 to
estimate the quantity of plastic waste.
1.4
1.2
1.0
estimated
quantity of
0.8
plastic waste
/ kg per km2
of ocean 0.6
surface
0.4
Fig. 2.2
0.2
(i) Turtles are classified as reptiles.
0.0
1965 – 1974 1975 – 1984 1985 – 1994 1995 – 2004 2005 – 2014 2015
State one feature shown by all reptiles that is not found in amphibians.
years
key:
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
inside GPGP
outside GPGP (ii) Outline the dangers of non-biodegradable plastic waste to marine animals, such as
green turtles.
Fig. 2.1
...........................................................................................................................................
Describe the results of the survey shown in Fig. 2.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
o
o
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(iii) Suggest ways to reduce the quantity of plastic waste. 3 Bacteria are used in many biotechnological processes.
........................................................................................................................................... (a) Explain why bacteria are useful in biotechnology.
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 11] ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) Insulin is one of many human proteins that are made by genetically engineered bacteria.
Some people cannot produce insulin because their immune system has destroyed the cells
that make insulin.
(i) State the organ that contains the cells that have been destroyed.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the name of the disease caused by the destruction of these cells.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State the function of insulin in the body.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Genetically engineered bacteria that are used to make insulin were grown in a fermenter for
five days.
Samples were taken from the fermenter every six hours and the number of bacteria in 1.0 mm3
of the nutrient solution were counted.
Changes in the numbers of living bacteria in the samples taken from the fermenter are shown
in Fig. 3.1.
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(d) Mineral salts are important in the human diet. One of the most important is iron.
S Explain:
1
R • the importance of iron in the human diet
Q
• the effects of an iron deficiency.
.................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.................................
P
...................................................................................................................................................
.................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ..........................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.1
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(i) Complete Fig. 3.1 by adding labels for the axes at 1 and 2 . [1]
(e) Fig. 3.2 shows a field of cassava, Manihot esculenta, which is a crop plant grown in parts of
(ii) State the names of the stages of population growth of the bacteria labelled P to S. Africa and Asia.
P ........................................................................................................................................
Q .......................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................
S ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) Explain, with reference to Fig. 3.1, why the bacteria did not grow in the fermenter for
longer than five days.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.2
...........................................................................................................................................
The plants store starch in their roots, which form a large part of the diet for many people.
........................................................................................................................................... Cassava does not provide many vitamins or mineral ions.
........................................................................................................................................... Genetic engineers have modified cassava to increase its iron content. They have done this
by incorporating a gene for a membrane protein from the plant Arabidopsis thaliana.
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) State the name of the enzyme that is used to cut out the gene from the DNA of
..................................................................................................................................... [3] A. thaliana.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Describe how the gene from A. thaliana and the DNA from cassava form recombinant 4 Two identical potted plants were used to investigate plant responses.
DNA.
Plant A was placed on a clinostat that continually rotated. Plant B was not rotated.
...........................................................................................................................................
Both plants were then placed on their sides and kept in the dark.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1 shows the two plants at the start of the experiment and after seven days.
...........................................................................................................................................
at the start
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] box to exclude light
(iii) Scientists who develop genetically engineered varieties of crop plants often breed them
for several generations before releasing them for farmers to use.
Suggest why the scientists do this.
...........................................................................................................................................
after seven days
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
plant A plant B
[Total: 20]
Fig. 4.1
(a) State the name of the response shown by the shoot of plant B.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Explain the reason for constantly rotating plant A.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) (i) State the name of the plant hormone that causes the response of the shoot of plant B.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(ii) Explain how the plant hormone causes the response of plant B. 5 (a) Fig. 5.1 shows the female reproductive system.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(d) Seeds germinate in the soil. The seedlings that grow from seeds show the same response as P
shown by plant B in Fig. 4.1.
Explain the advantages of this response to the survival of seedlings and mature plants.
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 5.1
................................................................................................................................................... Label Fig. 5.1 using the letters listed to show the position of the organs that are identified by
their functions.
...................................................................................................................................................
The first one (P) has been completed for you.
...................................................................................................................................................
P site of secretion of mucus
...................................................................................................................................................
Q site of fertilisation
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
R site of implantation
[Total: 10]
S site of oestrogen secretion
T site where sperm are deposited during sexual intercourse

[4]
(b) Fig. 5.2 shows a section through an egg cell at the time of ovulation.
jelly coat cytoplasm with stores

of protein and fat
nucleus
m
m
o
o
Fig. 5.2
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(i) Explain why the egg cell contains stores of protein and fat. 6 (a) Antibodies are proteins that are produced by lymphocytes. Antitoxins are antibodies which
neutralise the toxins released by some bacteria.
...........................................................................................................................................
The transmissible disease diphtheria is caused by a bacterium that releases a toxin that can
........................................................................................................................................... cause serious damage to the body.
........................................................................................................................................... A person is suspected of having caught diphtheria.
........................................................................................................................................... At a clinic, the person is given an injection of antitoxin antibodies that provide protection
against the diphtheria toxin. She is also given an injection of the vaccine for diphtheria.
...........................................................................................................................................
A few weeks later she is given a second injection of the diphtheria vaccine.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1 shows the changes in concentration of the antitoxin antibodies and the antibodies
..................................................................................................................................... [3] produced in response to the vaccine.
(ii) Describe the function of the jelly coat. injection of antitoxin antibodies
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
key:
........................................................................................................................................... concentration
antitoxin antibodies
of antibodies
........................................................................................................................................... in the blood second antibodies produced in
injection of response to vaccination
..................................................................................................................................... [2] vaccine
first injection
(c) Fertilisation results in the formation of a zygote. of vaccine
Describe how an embryo is formed from a zygote.

time
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1
................................................................................................................................................... (i) Explain the advantage of giving the person an injection of antitoxin antibodies.
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 13]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(ii) Explain how the two injections of the vaccine result in better protection against diphtheria BLANK PAGE
than the injection of antitoxin antibodies.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) Explain how antibodies protect the body against pathogens.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Antibodies can travel through the body in the lymphatic system.
State two functions of the lymphatic system other than defence against disease.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 11]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/41/M/J/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/41/M/J/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/41/M/J/21 © UCLES 2021 0610/41/M/J/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
BLANK PAGE
Cambridge IGCSE™
* 4 7 8 0 1 4 8 1 2 4 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42
1 hour 15 minutes
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
DC (NF/AR) 202933/3
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
© UCLES 2021 0610/42/F/M/21
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram showing the position of some organs in the human body. (b) Fig. 1.2 shows two graphs representing:
• the relative blood concentrations of two hormones, A and B, released by the ovaries
during the menstrual cycle
• the thickness of the lining of the uterus.
B
relative blood
concentration A B
of the
hormones
C
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
E days
Fig. 1.1
Some of the organs shown in Fig. 1.1 are endocrine glands.
Table 1.1 shows the names of some of the endocrine glands, their identifying letters and the
hormones that they produce.
thickness
Complete Table 1.1. of the lining
of the uterus
Table 1.1
name of endocrine gland letter in Fig. 1.1 hormone produced
C
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
days
insulin Fig. 1.2
testes
m
m
[3]
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(i) Describe the roles in the menstrual cycle of hormone A. (c) The female contraceptive pill is a chemical method of birth control, which is available in many
countries.
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Describe the social implications of the increased availability of the female contraceptive
........................................................................................................................................... pill.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3] ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State the day in Fig. 1.2 when ovulation is most likely to occur. (ii) The hormones in the female contraceptive pill can enter rivers.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] Describe the negative impacts of female contraceptive hormones entering rivers and
contaminating drinking water.
(iii) State the days in Fig. 1.2 when the lining of the uterus is lost from the body.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) State two barrier methods of contraception.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
[Total: 15]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
BLANK PAGE 2 (a) Fig. 2.1 is a diagram of a prokaryotic cell.
not to scale
Fig. 2.1
(i) State one visible feature in Fig. 2.1 that identifies this cell as a prokaryotic cell.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State one cell structure that is present in the cells of all organisms.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Prokaryotes, Animals and Plants are three of the five kingdoms of organisms.
State the names of the two other kingdoms.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Fig. 2.2 shows part of the nitrogen cycle.
nitrogen in
atmosphere
proteins in proteins in
animals plants
animal waste B C
dead
organisms
A
nitrate ions
in soil
m
m
Fig. 2.2
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(i) Describe processes A, B and C in Fig. 2.2. 3 (a) The activity of the heart can be monitored using different methods.
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.1 shows two ECG traces. One trace was recorded when the person was at rest and the
second trace was recorded during exercise.
...........................................................................................................................................
The length of time taken for one heart beat is indicated in Fig. 3.1 on the ECG trace recorded
........................................................................................................................................... at rest.
........................................................................................................................................... one heart beat
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
at rest
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
........................................................................................................................................... time / s
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [6] during

exercise
(ii) State the name of the process that plants use to absorb nitrate ions.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 11]
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8
time / s
Fig. 3.1
(i) Estimate the resting heart rate of the person from their ECG trace in Fig. 3.1.
Space for working.
.................................... beats per minute

[2]
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Explain why the ECG trace recorded during exercise differs from the ECG trace recorded 4 (a) A leaf can be described as an organ.
at rest.
Define the term organ.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Fig. 4.1 is a photomicrograph of a cross section of part of a leaf.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
A
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... B
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(iii) Suggest one other way of monitoring the activity of the heart.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
C
(b) If exercise is very intense an oxygen debt is formed.
(i) Complete the sentence.
An oxygen debt results in a build-up of ................................................ in the

Fig. 4.1
................................................ during vigorous exercise.
[2]
(i) Identify the tissue labelled A in Fig. 4.1.
(ii) Outline how the body removes an oxygen debt.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Identify the structure labelled C in Fig. 4.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
...........................................................................................................................................
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
-m
-m
am
am
[Total: 13]
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(iii) Describe how the tissue labelled B is adapted to maximise photosynthesis. (d) The effect of carbon dioxide concentration on the rate of oxygen production in an aquatic
plant was measured.
...........................................................................................................................................
• A lamp was used to keep the light intensity constant.
........................................................................................................................................... • The oxygen gas released by the plant was collected in a gas syringe.
• The plant was placed in water that was kept constant at 20 °C.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) The rate of oxygen production was assumed to be the same as the rate of photosynthesis.
...........................................................................................................................................
Suggest why the rate of oxygen production was not the same as the rate of
........................................................................................................................................... photosynthesis.
..................................................................................................................................... [3] ...........................................................................................................................................
(c) (i) State two substances that are transported only in the phloem. ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Explain why some parts of a plant can act as both a source and a sink.
0.30
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
0.25
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... rate of
oxygen 0.20
..................................................................................................................................... [2] production
/ cm3 per m2
per s
0.15
0.10
0.05
0.00
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
concentration of carbon dioxide / μmol per dm3
Fig. 4.2
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(ii) Explain the results shown in Fig. 4.2. 5 (a) Measles is a transmissible disease.
........................................................................................................................................... The percentage of the population that were vaccinated against measles in a country was
determined.
...........................................................................................................................................
The number of confirmed cases of measles in the country was also recorded.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 5.1 shows the data that were collected between 1975 and 2010.
...........................................................................................................................................
160 000
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 100 140 000

..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(e) The investigation was repeated with the same type of aquatic plant at 10 °C. 90 120 000
Draw a line on Fig. 4.2 to predict the results at 10 °C. [2]

80 100 000
[Total: 16] number of
percentage
cases of
of the
measles
population 70 80 000
vaccinated
against
measles
60 60 000
50 40 000
40 20 000
30 0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
year
Key:
percentage of population vaccinated
number of cases of measles
Fig 5.1
(i) Calculate the percentage change in the number of cases of measles between 1980 and
1990.
Space for working.

m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
.............................................................%
-m
-m
am
am
[2]
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(ii) Describe the data shown in Fig. 5.1. (ii) Describe the process of blood clotting.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 16]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(iii) Explain how vaccination protects people against a transmissible disease such as
measles.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
(b) The human body has several defences against pathogens.
(i) State two of the body’s chemical barriers to pathogens.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
m
m
[2]
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
6 (a) Fig. 6.1 shows a food web. (c) Food shortages that result in famine can be caused by many factors.
hawks Describe how drought can contribute to famine.
...................................................................................................................................................
snakes
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
rabbits grasshoppers mice
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
grass corn
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(i) State the number of trophic levels in the food web in Fig. 6.1.
[Total: 9]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the name of one organism that feeds at both the third and fourth trophic levels
from Fig. 6.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State the name of the type of energy that is transferred between trophic levels.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The total biomass of the snakes is much less than the total biomass of the mice in the food
web shown in Fig. 6.1.
Explain why the total biomass of the snakes is less than the total biomass of the mice.
Use the term energy in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3] reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
m
m
o
o
.c
.c
e
e
at
at
-m
-m
am
am
x
x
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Plants are sensitive to light.
(a) Fig. 1.1 shows a sequence of diagrams for two young plant seedlings. The seedlings were
Cambridge IGCSE™ first grown in pots with light from all directions and then placed into boxes.
• Seedling A was placed in a box with light entering from one side only.
• Seedling B was placed in a box with no light.
* 1 4 2 8 9 9 0 7 7 1 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43
seedling
1 hour 15 minutes
soil
water
No additional materials are needed. A A
INSTRUCTIONS
INFORMATION
● The number of marks for each question or part question is shown in brackets [ ]. B B
Fig. 1.1
Complete Fig. 1.1 by drawing seedling A and seedling B, in the boxes, to show the expected
direction of their growth after one week. [2]
This document has 16 pages. Blank pages are indicated.

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (JC/CT) 188259/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/43/O/N/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) Plants are also sensitive to gravity. (c) Reflexes in animals are also an example of sensitivity.
(i) Define the term sensitivity. (i) Describe how reflexes in animals differ from sensitivity in plants.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain the role of plant hormones in gravitropism. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) The pupil reflex is an example of a reflex that occurs in the eye. The eye is a sense
organ.
...........................................................................................................................................
Define the term sense organ.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 14]
(iii) Gravitropism enables plants to survive in their environment.
Explain how gravitropism enables a plant to survive.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 (a) A person ate a meal containing starch and fat. (iii) There are goblet cells in many parts of the alimentary canal.
Fig. 2.1 shows some events that occurred after ingesting this meal. State the substance that goblet cells secrete.
P absorption of nutrients in the villi ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Q assimilation of fatty acids in the liver (c) Emulsification of fats occurs in the alimentary canal.
R breakdown of large food particles by the teeth (i) Describe the process of emulsification of fats.
S movement of small food particles through the oesophagus
...........................................................................................................................................
T secretion of amylase from the salivary glands
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
Put the events in Fig. 2.1 into the correct sequence. One has been done for you. ...........................................................................................................................................
R ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[2]
(ii) State the name of the organ in the alimentary canal where fats are emulsified.
(b) The stomach lining contains cells that secrete proteins.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(i) State the names of two cell structures that are involved in making or secreting proteins.
(iii) State the name of the structure in the villi where digested fats are absorbed.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 12]
[2]
(ii) State the name of one component of gastric juice and describe its functions.
3 (a) Fig. 3.1 is part of a food web in a rainforest.
........................................................................................................................................... anaconda
jaguar
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... iguana frog
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
monkey grasshopper fruit bat
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
coconut tree banana plant
Fig. 3.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(i) Complete Fig. 3.2 using the information in Fig. 3.1. (b) (i) A giant rat was discovered in a natural rainforest on Vangunu Island. Scientists wanted
to determine if it was a new species.
The first one has been done for you.
Explain how scientists can use tissue samples to classify this rat.
the number of different producers 2
...........................................................................................................................................
the number of different secondary consumers
...........................................................................................................................................
the number of different trophic levels in the food web
how many different trophic levels monkeys feed at ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 3.2
[3] ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Sometimes anacondas are able to kill and eat jaguars. (ii) Giant rats eat coconuts.
Using the information in Fig. 3.1, state the name of the highest possible trophic level of Coconuts are grown as a monoculture for human consumption.
an anaconda that eats a jaguar.
Suggest how monocultures of crop plants can result in the extinction of some animals.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(iii) Explain why the population of anacondas is always smaller than the population of fruit
bats in the food web shown in Fig. 3.1. ...........................................................................................................................................
Use the concept of energy flow in your answer. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
4 Yeast is an example of a single-celled fungus. (b) A small sample of yeast cells and 19 g per dm3 of sugar were added to a fermenter. The
population size of live yeast cells and the concentration of the sugar in the fermenter were
(a) The population of yeast can be estimated by using a light microscope to view a small sample calculated every day for 10 days.
of yeast cells in a modified microscope slide.
The results are shown in Fig. 4.2 and Fig. 4.3.
There is a square chamber, with a specific volume, cut into the microscope slide and a grid to 20
make it easier to count the number of cells.
20
18
Fig. 4.1 shows a diagram of the modified microscope slide. It also shows part of a light
microscope with the modified microscope slide filled to the top with a sample of yeast cells. 18
16
grid 16
14
concentration 12
14
chamber of sugar
g per dm 3
/concentration 12
10
of sugar
/ g per dm 3 10
8
8
6
6
4
4
2
2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 time / days
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Fig. 4.1 Fig. 4.2time / days
The length of the sides of each small square in the grid in the modified microscope slide is
200 μm. The depth of the chamber is 100 μm. There is a total of 25 small squares in the grid.
Each small square in the grid has an average of 52 yeast cells.
Calculate the concentration of yeast cells per mm3.
Space for working.
population size
of live yeast cells
population size
of live yeast cells
......................................... cells per mm3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

[3] time / days
m
m
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
co
co
e.
e.
time / days
at
at
-m
-m
Fig. 4.3
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(i) Draw an X on Fig. 4.3 to indicate the position of the lag phase. [1] 5 Fig. 5.1 shows a photomicrograph of a sperm cell reaching an egg cell.
(ii) Complete the line on Fig. 4.3 to show the expected change in the population size of live
yeast cells from day 3 to day 10. [2]
(iii) Describe and explain the changes in the concentration of sugar in the fermenter over the
10-day period.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 5.1

........................................................................................................................................... (a) (i) Complete the sentence:
........................................................................................................................................... A nucleus containing a single set of unpaired chromosomes in a sperm is called a
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................... nucleus. [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [5] (ii) State where, in the female reproductive system, the event shown in Fig. 5.1 occurs.
(c) Explain why it is important that there is a tube in the fermenter that allows gases to escape. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
................................................................................................................................................... (iii) Describe what happens from the event shown in Fig. 5.1 until an embryo is formed.
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 13] ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(b) Some people use fertility drugs and in vitro fertilisation (IVF) to have children. 6 (a) Researchers investigated four different insecticides to determine how effective they were at
removing three different species of insects, A, B and C, from crop plants.
Outline the use of fertility drugs and the process of IVF.
They tested different concentrations of each insecticide to find the minimum dosage required
................................................................................................................................................... to remove 95% of each insect population in two hours.
................................................................................................................................................... Each insecticide had the same cost per gram.
................................................................................................................................................... The results are shown in Table 6.1.
................................................................................................................................................... Table 6.1
................................................................................................................................................... minimum dosage required

species of / mg per dm3
................................................................................................................................................... insect
insecticide 1 insecticide 2 insecticide 3 insecticide 4
................................................................................................................................................... A 3 51 5 58
................................................................................................................................................... B 31 27 2 75
C 10 2 3 65
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... (i) Use the information in Table 6.1 to decide which one of the four different insecticides and
which dosage would be the best choice for removing insects A, B and C from a field of
................................................................................................................................................... crop plants.
................................................................................................................................................... Explain your choices.
............................................................................................................................................. [6] insecticide ............................................... dosage .............................................................
[Total: 12] explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(ii) Discuss factors, other than dosage, that should be considered to prevent the insecticide (c) Insecticides are often made from chemicals that occur naturally in plants. Tobacco plants are
damaging the environment. one example of this.
........................................................................................................................................... (i) Suggest why having a natural insecticide is an adaptive feature of plants.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) Describe why people find it difficult to stop smoking tobacco.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3] ...........................................................................................................................................
(b) (i) Describe the advantages to farmers of using insecticides. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
........................................................................................................................................... (iii) State the names of two diseases that can be caused by smoking tobacco.
........................................................................................................................................... 1 ........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] 2 ........................................................................................................................................

[2]
(ii) Farmers also use other chemicals on their crop plants.
(iv) State the name of the component of tobacco that can damage alveoli.
State the names of chemicals, other than insecticides, that are used by farmers on crop
plants and explain their benefits. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 17]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Sensitivity is one of the characteristics of life. The eye is one of the major sense organs of
vertebrates.
Cambridge IGCSE™ (i) Define the term sensitivity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
* 4 5 4 7 9 8 8 2 3 2 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42 (ii) Define the term sense organ.
Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2020 ...........................................................................................................................................

1 hour 15 minutes
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
INSTRUCTIONS
● Answer all questions. (b) Accommodation (focusing) is one of the functions of the eye.
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of an eye that is focusing on a distant object.
● Do not write on any bar codes. retina
ciliary muscle
X
INFORMATION
suspensory ligaments
Fig. 1.1
(i) State the name of the part of the retina labelled X.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (JC/CT) 187679/5
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/42/O/N/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
Fig. 1.2 is an incomplete diagram of an eye that is focusing on a near object. (c) The eye also controls the amount of light that enters the pupil.
Fig. 1.3 shows an eye in low light and in bright light.
eye in low light eye in bright light
Fig. 1.3
Describe the changes that occur in the eye when the light becomes bright, as shown in
Fig. 1.3.
Fig. 1.2
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Complete Fig. 1.2 by drawing the shape of the lens and the light rays from the object to
the retina. [3] ...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) Describe the roles of the ciliary muscles and suspensory ligaments in focusing on a ...................................................................................................................................................
distant object, as shown in Fig. 1.1.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(d) The change shown in Fig. 1.3 occurs automatically without thought.
...........................................................................................................................................
State the name given to this type of action.
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 15]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 Fig. 2.1 is a vertical section of a human molar tooth and surrounding structures. (c) Fig. 2.2 is an X-ray of decay in a molar tooth.
B
C
decayed molar tooth
Fig. 2.1 Fig. 2.2
(a) State the names of the parts labelled A to D on Fig. 2.1. Explain how tooth decay occurs.
A ............................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
B ............................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
C ............................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
D ............................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
[4]
...................................................................................................................................................
(b) Describe and explain the function of molar teeth.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 11]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
3 Fig. 3.1 is a food web for a forested area in Central America. (b) Fig. 3.2 shows the flow of energy through a food chain. The size of each box represents the
energy available in each trophic level, numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
great horned owl
solar
jaguar energy
bobcat
respiration trophic level 1
long-tailed weasel nine-banded armadillo

hooded skunk
trophic
red harvester ants termites level 2
collared peccary
lowland tapir
muhly grass Peruvian feather trophic

respiration
grass level 3
Fig. 3.1 Z respiration
(a) Complete Table 3.1 using information from Fig. 3.1. trophic
level 4
Table 3.1
Fig. 3.2
trophic level description example from Fig. 3.1
(i) State the term given to the group of organisms represented by Z in Fig. 3.2.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
herbivore
(ii) Explain, with reference to Fig. 3.2, why food chains usually have fewer than five trophic
levels.
...........................................................................................................................................
producer
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
feeds on tertiary consumers
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
secondary consumer ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
[4]
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(c) Intensive livestock production can be damaging to natural ecosystems. (ii) Forests are cleared for farmland. Deforestation can lead to a loss of soil (soil erosion).
Fig. 3.3 shows intensive farming of chickens. Explain the effects of soil erosion on ecosystems.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 15]
Fig. 3.3
(i) Describe the negative impact on an ecosystem of the intensive production of livestock,
such as chickens.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
4 (a) Yeast cells have many structures in common with a plant cell. (b) Yeast is used in the production of ethanol to manufacture a type of biofuel.
Fig. 4.1 is a drawing of a yeast cell. Fig. 4.2 is a flow chart of the process.
A B
maize plants
C
extraction of starch from
maize
enzyme S
maltose
enzyme T
cell wall
glucose
process U in anaerobic
conditions
D
ethanol carbon dioxide
Fig. 4.1
Fig. 4.2
(i) State the names of the cell structures labelled A and D on Fig. 4.1.
(i) State the names of enzymes S and T.
A ........................................................................................................................................
S ........................................................................................................................................
D ........................................................................................................................................
[2] T ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) State the functions of the cell structures labelled B and C on Fig. 4.1.
(ii) Yeast is used in process U. Complete the balanced chemical equation for anaerobic
B ........................................................................................................................................ respiration in yeast.
C ........................................................................................................................................
[2] ................................. ...........C2H5OH + ..................
[2]
(iii) State the name of one structure that is found in plant cells but is absent in yeast cells.
(iii) Suggest the advantages of using biofuels instead of fossil fuels.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(iv) Carbon dioxide may be collected from process U and sold for use in glasshouses. 5 (a) The activities of the ovaries and the uterus are regulated by the hormones FSH, LH, oestrogen
and progesterone during the menstrual cycle.
Explain why carbon dioxide is used in glasshouses.
Complete Table 5.1 to show the sites of production and the roles of these four hormones.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 5.1
...........................................................................................................................................
target
hormone site of production role
........................................................................................................................................... organ
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... FSH pituitary gland ovary
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
LH pituitary gland ovary
[Total: 16]
oestrogen uterus stimulates growth of the lining of the uterus
progesterone uterus
[5]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(b) Fig. 5.1 shows the changes in the lining of the uterus of a human female. (c) Some people are infertile.
Artificial insemination (AI) and in vitro fertilisation (IVF) are two methods of fertility treatment.
These two methods are outlined in Fig. 5.2.
artificial insemination
thickness of
the lining of collection of
the uterus sperm
0 7 14 21 28 7 14
day of menstrual cycle
Fig. 5.1 washed

sperm
Describe the changes in the lining of the uterus between days 0 and 28 of the menstrual
cycle.
in vitro fertilisation
between days 0 and 7 ..............................................................................................................
collection of
................................................................................................................................................... eggs
collection of
sperm
...................................................................................................................................................
washed
................................................................................................................................................... sperm
between days 7 and 28 ............................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
eggs and sperm mixed together
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
embryo
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
transfer of growth of embryos in freezing of

embryos culture dish spare embryos
not to scale
Fig. 5.2
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
Describe the similarities and differences between the two processes of fertility treatment 6 Fig. 6.1 is a diagram of DNA.
shown in Fig. 5.2.
Key:
................................................................................................................................................... base pair
base A
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1
................................................................................................................................................... (a) (i) State the letter of the base that pairs with A.
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
................................................................................................................................................... (ii) State the letters of the other bases in DNA.
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
................................................................................................................................................... (b) Outline the roles of DNA in a cell.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6] ...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14] ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(c) Fig. 6.2 shows a plant tissue in which cells are dividing by mitosis. (iii) Cell J in Fig. 6.2 is an example of a diploid cell.
State what is meant by the term diploid.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
K
[Total: 9]
J
H
Fig. 6.2
(i) Cell H in Fig. 6.2 is about to divide by mitosis.
State what happens to the chromosomes in cell H before mitosis takes place and state
why it is necessary.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Cell K is about to divide into two cells.
State the structures that will form between the nuclei so that the cell divides into two
cells.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Water is an essential molecule for life.
(a) Complete the statements.

Cambridge IGCSE™ Water moves into and out of cells by ............................................... .
Water is known as a ............................................... because it can dissolve solutes.

[2]
(b) A leaf cell was put into a solution. The water potential of the solution was lower than the water
potential of the contents of the cell.
Fig. 1.1 is a sketch of the cell after three hours in the solution.
* 3 3 1 0 5 8 2 8 9 5 *
BIOLOGY 0610/41
1 hour 15 minutes
You must answer on the question paper. nucleus
INSTRUCTIONS
Fig. 1.1
The leaf cell was transferred into pure water.
Sketch the expected appearance of the cell after it had been in the pure water for three
hours.
INFORMATION
Draw one arrow on your sketch to show the direction of water movement.

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (JC/CT) 187653/6
-m
-m
© UCLES 2020 [Turn over [3]
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/41/O/N/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(c) A plant was not watered for one week. 2 Pathogens cause disease.
Fig. 1.2 shows a series of photographs of the plant during the week. (a) Fig. 2.1 shows some cells that are part of the human immune system. These cells are
responding to one type of pathogen.
R
T
Fig. 2.1
day 0 day 3 day 7 Explain how the immune system responds to an invasion of pathogens.
Fig. 1.2 Use the letters in Fig. 2.1 in your answer.
Explain how the lack of water has affected the support of the leaves of the plant shown in ...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 1.2.
...................................................................................................................................................
Use the term turgor pressure in your answer.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 8]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
...................................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(b) A vaccine was introduced in 1942 for a particular disease. 3 All living organisms excrete waste products.
Fig. 2.2 shows the effect of introducing the vaccine on the number of cases of the disease in (a) Fig. 3.1 is a photomicrograph of Naegleria fowleri, a single-celled protoctist that lives in watery
one country. environments.
250
vaccine
introduced
200
150
number of cases A
of disease
per million people
100
magnification ×4000
50
Fig. 3.1
(i) State a feature of N. fowleri, visible in Fig. 3.1, that distinguishes it from prokaryotes.
0
1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
year
(ii) State the name and function of structure A.
Fig. 2.2 structure ............................................................................................................................
In 1946 the government of the country concluded that the vaccine was successful. function ..............................................................................................................................
Discuss the evidence, shown in Fig. 2.2, for and against this conclusion. ...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) Suggest how N. fowleri excretes carbon dioxide.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 10]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(b) Urea is a toxin that is excreted by the kidneys in humans. (c) Fig. 3.2 shows part of the human excretory system and associated blood vessels.
Describe how and where in the body urea is formed. The arrows indicate the direction of blood flow.
................................................................................................................................................... D
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
E
...................................................................................................................................................
F
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
H
not to scale
Fig. 3.2
(i) Draw a label line and the letter X on Fig. 3.2 to show the location of the cortex in one of
the kidneys. [1]
(ii) Table 3.1 contains statements about the labelled structures in Fig. 3.2.
Complete the table by:
• stating the name of the structure

• identifying the letter that labels that structure.
Table 3.1
description name of structure letter from Fig. 3.2
organ that stores urine
tube that carries urine out of the

kidney
blood vessel with the lowest
concentration of urea
blood vessel with the lowest
concentration of carbon dioxide
m
m
co
co
tube that carries urine out of the
e.
e.
at
at
body
-m
-m
[5]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(d) Doctors wanted to investigate the effect of exercise on the excretion of salts. (iii) Describe how the kidney tubules enable the excretion of salts.
They collected urine from people before and after running a long distance on a hot day. ...........................................................................................................................................
The results of their investigation are shown in Table 3.2. ...........................................................................................................................................
Table 3.2 ...........................................................................................................................................
before running after running ...........................................................................................................................................
average volume of urine / cm3 1156.0 569.0 ...........................................................................................................................................
average concentration of sodium in ...........................................................................................................................................

85.6 78.2
urine / mmol per dm3
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(i) Suggest why there is a difference in the volume of urine produced before running
(e) Large plasma proteins are usually prevented from entering the urine.
compared with after running.
Use the information in Table 3.2 in your answer. State the name of one protein found in blood plasma.
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 22]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Calculate the percentage decrease in the average sodium concentration after running
compared with before running.
Give your answer to one significant figure.
Space for working.
............................................................ %
[3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
4 (a) Fig. 4.1 shows a bee with pollen on its legs. (b) (i) Describe how the pollen that is carried by an insect to another flower results in the
formation of a plant embryo.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
Bees are insects that pollinate some flowering plants. They are attracted to the flowers by
their colour, scent and nectar. (ii) Describe the advantages of cross-pollination.
(i) Describe other ways in which flowers and pollen grains are adapted for insect pollination. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(c) Some people are concerned that genetically modified plants might cross-pollinate with wild
........................................................................................................................................... varieties of plants.
........................................................................................................................................... (i) Suggest how farmers could prevent cross-pollination between genetically modified plants
and wild varieties of plants.
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State where pollen is produced in a flower.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) State the name of the process that produces haploid pollen nuclei.
(ii) State two advantages of genetically modified crops.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
1 ........................................................................................................................................
(iv) Explain why it is important that the pollen nuclei are haploid.
m
m
2 ........................................................................................................................................
co
co
........................................................................................................................................... [2]
e.
e.
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
-m
-m
[Total: 16]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
5 Milk is a source of some of the nutrients that are part of a balanced diet. (c) Fig. 5.1 shows a flow diagram for the production of lactose-free milk.
(a) Calcium and protein are two nutrients found in milk. Step 1 collect cows’ milk from farm
Describe the importance of calcium and protein in the diet.

diagram of Step 4
calcium ..................................................................................................................................... Step 2 heat milk to a high temperature
for 15 seconds
................................................................................................................................................... milk
...................................................................................................................................................
Step 3 allow milk to cool to 20°C
protein .......................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... beads
containing
................................................................................................................................................... Step 4 pour milk into a container of enzyme
[4] beads containing enzymes
(b) Lactose is found in cows’ milk. Some people do not have the enzyme to digest lactose.
State the names of two organs, associated with the alimentary canal, that produce enzymes. Step 5 collect lactose-free milk
1 ................................................................................................................................................
lactose-free milk
2 ................................................................................................................................................ Step 6 store lactose-free milk at 2°C in
[2] sterile bottles
Fig. 5.1
(i) Explain how heating the milk in step 2 in Fig. 5.1 ensures the hygienic preparation of
lactose-free milk.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain why the milk must be cooled in step 3 before it makes contact with the enzymes.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
(iii) State the name of the enzyme used to make lactose-free milk in step 4.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(iv) Suggest why the enzymes are kept in the beads in step 4 rather than mixed as an 6 Sensitivity is one of the characteristics of all living organisms.
enzyme solution with the milk.
(a) Define the term sensitivity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Milk is produced by mammals.
(b) The eye is an example of a sense organ.
(i) Explain the advantages to newborn mammals of breast milk.
(i) Define the term sense organ.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Adrenaline is a hormone that is released in ‘fight or flight’ situations. It causes a change
........................................................................................................................................... in the eye.
........................................................................................................................................... Complete Table 6.1 by stating the parts of the eye that change when adrenaline is
released into the blood.
...........................................................................................................................................
Table 6.1
...........................................................................................................................................
action part of the eye
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
muscle that relaxes
(ii) Explain why breast-feeding mothers are advised to drink plenty of water and avoid
excessive alcohol consumption.
muscle that contracts
...........................................................................................................................................
widens
...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 7]
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
[Total: 17]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) State three uses of energy in the human body.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
Cambridge IGCSE™ 2 ................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
[3]
(b) Fig. 1.1 shows part of the digestive system of a human.
A
* 1 7 9 1 8 2 5 5 2 6 *
diaphragm
BIOLOGY 0610/43
B
1 hour 15 minutes L
You must answer on the question paper. K

C
No additional materials are needed. H
INSTRUCTIONS
● Write your name, centre number and candidate number in the boxes at the top of the page. G
● Write your answer to each question in the space provided. D
F
INFORMATION
E
Fig. 1.1

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 180793/3
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/43/M/J/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
Complete Table 1.1. One row has been done for you. (e) (i) State two immediate effects of excessive alcohol on the body.
Table 1.1 1 ........................................................................................................................................
function name of structure letter from Fig. 1.1 2 ........................................................................................................................................

[2]
pushes food to the stomach oesophagus A
(ii) State two long-term effects of excessive alcohol on the body.
assimilation of amino acids to produce
plasma proteins 1 ........................................................................................................................................
storage of bile 2 ........................................................................................................................................

[2]
secretion of insulin (f) Pregnant women are advised not to drink alcohol as it may have harmful effects on the fetus.
(i) Outline these harmful effects.

absorption of fatty acids and glycerol
...........................................................................................................................................
secretion of pepsin
...........................................................................................................................................
digestion of starch ...........................................................................................................................................
[6] ...........................................................................................................................................
(c) Describe the role of the liver in the recovery from oxygen debt after strenuous exercise. ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
................................................................................................................................................... (ii) State two harmful substances other than alcohol that can cross the placenta.
................................................................................................................................................... 1 ........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 21]
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Alcohol is a drug.
Define the term drug.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 (a) Fig. 2.1 shows the human population of a country between 1910 and 2020. (b) Some countries have invested in biofuels such as ethanol, biomass and biodiesel.
140 (i) Describe how ethanol can be made by microorganisms.
120 ...........................................................................................................................................
100 ...........................................................................................................................................
number of ...........................................................................................................................................
people 80
/ million ...........................................................................................................................................
60
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
40
(ii) Some countries use large areas of land to grow maize plants. This crop plant can be
20 used to produce biofuels.
0 Discuss the negative impact on the environment of growing large-scale monocultures

1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020 of crop plants such as maize.
year
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in the population of the country between 1940 and
2020. ...........................................................................................................................................
Space for working. ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
.............................................................%
[3] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Describe the factors that could cause the change in the population size between 1940 ..................................................................................................................................... [4]
and 2020, shown in Fig. 2.1.
[Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
BLANK PAGE 3 The American writer Ernest Hemingway lived on the island of Key West in Florida, USA in the
1930s. During this time he was given a male cat by a sea captain.
The cat had more toes than usual. This inherited condition is called polydactyly. The allele for
polydactyly is dominant.
(a) Define the term inheritance.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Fig. 3.1 is part of a pedigree diagram for Hemingway’s cats.
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16
Key:
17
female cat with normal female cat with
number of toes polydactyly
male cat with normal male cat with

number of toes polydactyly
Fig. 3.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(i) State the genotypes of cats 5, 6 and 14 in the pedigree diagram in Fig. 3.1. (c) Scientists published the results of an investigation into the DNA of cats with and without
polydactyly. They compared the base sequence from a particular region of DNA that controls
Use the letters T and t. the development of the limbs.
cat 5 .................................................................................................................................. Table 3.1 shows the base sequences.
cat 6 .................................................................................................................................. Table 3.1
cat 14 ................................................................................................................................ cats without polydactyly AGA CAC AGA AAT GAG
[3]
Hemingway’s cats with polydactyly AGA CAC GGA AAT GAG
(ii) Explain why none of the offspring of cats 3 and 4 have inherited polydactyly. cats with polydactyly from Oregon and Missouri in the USA AGA CAC GGA AAT GAG
Use the information in Fig. 3.1 in your answer. cats with polydactyly from the UK AGA CAC AGT AAT GAG
........................................................................................................................................... (i) Describe how the base sequences of the cats with polydactyly differ from the base
sequence of cats without polydactyly.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State the name of the process by which base sequences in DNA are changed.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) The base sequences in Table 3.1 provide evidence that indicates which country the male
cat given to Hemingway in the 1930s came from.
Suggest which country this cat came from and give a reason for your choice.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(d) Fig. 3.2 shows part of a DNA molecule from a chromosome of a cat. 4 Xerophytes grow in habitats with low rainfall and soils that often have high concentrations of salts.
Complete Fig. 3.2 by writing the letters for the base sequence of the other strand of the DNA Fig. 4.1 shows the xerophyte Yucca treculeana growing on salt flats.
molecule.
T ..........
A ..........
A ..........
T ..........
G .......... Y. treculeana
C ..........
G ..........
T ..........
G ..........
Fig. 4.1
Fig. 3.2 (a) (i) Explain how xerophytes, such as Y. treculeana, are adapted to absorb sufficient water in
[1] the conditions in which they live.
(e) Explain why polydactyly is an example of discontinuous variation. ...........................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 13]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(ii) Explain how xerophytes are adapted to reduce water loss to the atmosphere. BLANK PAGE
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Xerophytes often have many defence mechanisms that reduce or prevent herbivores
eating them.
Suggest how xerophytes protect themselves against herbivores.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Forest ecosystems can be affected by acid rain.
Describe how the production of acid rain and its effects on forest ecosystems can be reduced.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
m
m
co
co
[Total: 13]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
5 Bacteria are classified in the Prokaryote kingdom. (b) Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) is a type of bacterium that is resistant to
some antibiotics.
(a) State two features of animal and plant cells that are not found in prokaryotes.
Fig. 5.1 shows how a population of bacteria may develop antibiotic resistance and how the
1 ................................................................................................................................................ antibiotic resistance can be passed from one strain of bacterium to another.
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
population of pathogenic bacteria A in
patient 1
treatment with antibiotic Z started

patient 1 in the middle of treatment
with antibiotic Z

patient 1 when treatment with
antibiotic Z was stopped
transmission of bacteria A to patient 2
bacteria A and B in patient 2
not to scale
Key:
bacterium of strain A bacterium of strain B
resistant to antibiotic Z resistant to antibiotic Z
bacterium of strain A bacterium of strain B
not resistant to antibiotic Z not resistant to antibiotic Z
dying bacterium of strain A plasmid
Fig. 5.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
Explain how resistance to an antibiotic develops in a population of bacteria and spreads in 6 In many parts of the world dairy cattle are kept in large barns and reared intensively, as shown in
the human population. Fig. 6.1.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(a) Food for cattle that are reared intensively includes cereals, such as maize and barley.
...................................................................................................................................................
Ecologists have calculated that it is more energy efficient to grow crops for human consumption
............................................................................................................................................. [6] than for food for livestock.
(c) Explain how the development of resistant bacteria, such as MRSA, can be minimised. Explain why intensive rearing of livestock is not an efficient use of crops.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3] ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 11]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(b) The urine and faeces from cattle kept in barns is removed and treated in the same way as BLANK PAGE
human sewage to avoid polluting the aquatic environment.
Outline the effects of untreated waste from cattle on the aquatic environment.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Intensive livestock production could be one way of preventing famine.
Describe the causes of famine.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/43/M/J/20 © UCLES 2020 0610/43/M/J/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of the human gas exchange system.
Cambridge IGCSE™ B
A
* 3 0 7 6 1 6 8 2 5 0 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42
1 hour 15 minutes

C
INSTRUCTIONS
Fig. 1.1
(i) Identify the structures labelled A, B and C in Fig. 1.1.
A ........................................................................................................................................
B ........................................................................................................................................
C ........................................................................................................................................
INFORMATION
[3]
(ii) Explain how the structures in the gas exchange system cause inspiration.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
e.
e.
at
at
DC (JC/CT) 180480/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/42/F/M/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) A person who does not smoke can be exposed to tobacco smoke from other people smoking. (iii) Smoking has been found to increase the risk of developing diseases other than cancer.
Researchers studied the effect of exposure to tobacco smoke on the development of lung State two other diseases that can be caused by smoking.
cancer in three groups of women who did not smoke:
1 ........................................................................................................................................
• group 1 – no exposure to tobacco smoke
• group 2 – low level exposure to tobacco smoke 2 ........................................................................................................................................
• group 3 – high level exposure to tobacco smoke. [2]
Their results are shown in Table 1.1. [Total: 14]
Table 1.1
number of women percentage of

number of women
group who died from women who died
studied
lung cancer from lung cancer
1 21 895 32 0.15
2 44 184 86
3 25 461 56 0.22
(i) Calculate the percentage of women in group 2 who died from lung cancer.
Write your answer, to two significant figures, in Table 1.1.
[2]
(ii) Many countries have laws that ban smoking in public buildings.
Discuss the evidence from Table 1.1 that supports these laws.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 (a) Fig. 2.1 shows the transfer of materials between blood and tissues. (b) Describe the functions of arterioles in the skin.
lymphatic ...................................................................................................................................................
fluid A
vessel
fluid B ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
arteriole venule
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Key:
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
flow of blood
transfer of materials (c) Describe the functions of lymph nodes in the lymphatic system.
Fig. 2.1 ...................................................................................................................................................
(i) Complete Table 2.1 by: ...................................................................................................................................................
• stating the names of the fluids ...................................................................................................................................................

• writing yes if the fluid contains red blood cells or no if the fluid does not contain
red blood cells. ...................................................................................................................................................
Table 2.1 ............................................................................................................................................. [2]
letter on contains red (d) Lacteals are part of the lymphatic system.
name of the fluid
Fig. 2.1 blood cells
(i) State where in the body lacteals are found.
A
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
B
(ii) Describe the role of lacteals.
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State the name of the process by which oxygen is transferred from fluid B to the cells.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Explain why cells need oxygen.
[Total: 12]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
3 (a) One of the characteristics of living organisms is sensitivity. (c) Scientists investigated the effect of adrenaline on blood glucose concentration in rats.
Define the term sensitivity. The rats were put into two groups:
................................................................................................................................................... • group A was given an injection of adrenaline

• group B was given an injection that did not contain adrenaline.
...................................................................................................................................................
The blood glucose concentrations of the rats in both groups were monitored for three hours
................................................................................................................................................... after the injections.
................................................................................................................................................... The rats did not eat for 12 hours before the investigation or while they were being monitored.
............................................................................................................................................. [2] The results are shown in Fig. 3.1.
(b) State the names of two sense organs. 5.0

time of
1 ................................................................................................................................................ injection
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[1]
4.5
blood glucose
concentration
/ mmol per dm3
4.0
3.5
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
monitoring time / hours
Key:
group A (adrenaline)
group B (no adrenaline)
Fig. 3.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(i) Suggest why group B was given an injection that did not contain adrenaline. 4 (a) Describe the similarities and differences between marasmus and kwashiorkor.
........................................................................................................................................... similarities .................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) Describe and explain the results shown in Fig. 3.1 for group A. differences ................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
[4]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Researchers at a hospital recorded the total number of children admitted to the hospital
........................................................................................................................................... between 1984 and 2002.
........................................................................................................................................... A common reason for children being admitted to this hospital was severe diarrhoea.
........................................................................................................................................... Table 4.1 shows this information.
........................................................................................................................................... Table 4.1
........................................................................................................................................... total number of

year children admitted to
..................................................................................................................................... [5] the hospital
(d) Another group of rats was given an injection that did not contain adrenaline. 1984 1386
1986 1604
These rats were given food after 2 hours of monitoring.
1988 1955
Predict the changes to blood glucose concentration in this group of rats.
1990 2054
Sketch a line to show your prediction on the graph in Fig. 3.1. [2] 1992 1726
(e) Describe two effects of adrenaline on the body, other than a change in blood glucose 1994 1143
concentration. 1996 1422
1 ................................................................................................................................................ 1998 1419

2000 1580
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2] 2002 1161
m
m
[Total: 14]
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(i) Calculate the percentage decrease in the total number of children admitted to the hospital 5 (a) Mitosis is a type of nuclear division.
between 1998 and 2002.
Fig. 5.1 is a series of photomicrographs showing a cell dividing by mitosis.
Give your answer to the nearest whole number.
Space for working.
............................................................ %
[3]
(ii) Health workers in the communities near the hospital were trained in the prevention and before mitosis 0 minutes 34 minutes
treatment of diarrhoea. This affected the total number of children being admitted to the
hospital.
Suggest the year in which the training took place.
Give a reason for your answer.
year ...................................................................................................................................
reason ...............................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 40 minutes 45 minutes 55 minutes
...........................................................................................................................................
[2] Fig. 5.1
(iii) The health workers provided advice to the community on ways of preventing the spread (i) State the change that has occurred to the mass of DNA immediately before mitosis in
of the pathogens that cause diarrhoea. Fig. 5.1.
Suggest the advice that was given to the community. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) Estimate the time when the chromosomes shown in Fig. 5.1 begin to separate.
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 12]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(b) Meiosis is another type of nuclear division. (d) An embryo develops into a fetus.
Describe how the nuclei in cells produced by meiosis differ from the nuclei in cells produced Outline the processes of labour and birth.
by mitosis.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
(c) Stem cells divide by mitosis during the growth of an embryo.
...................................................................................................................................................
Describe the role of stem cells in the growth of an embryo.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 13]
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
6 (a) Atlantic cod, Gadhus morhua, is a type of fish that is an important resource for commercial (iv) Explain how fish stocks can be conserved by restocking.
fishing.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1 shows the estimated mass of Atlantic cod over 40 years.
...........................................................................................................................................
9
...........................................................................................................................................
8
...........................................................................................................................................
7
...........................................................................................................................................
6
...........................................................................................................................................
mass of
Atlantic 5
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
cod
/ million 4 (b) Fish have adaptive features that enable them to live successfully in their environment.
tonnes
3 Fig. 6.2 is a photograph of a great white shark, Carcharodon carcharias.
2 Great white sharks are efficient predators and have very good eyesight to see in poor light
conditions underwater.
1
0
1970 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
year
Fig. 6.1
(i) In 1970, the mass of Atlantic cod was 8 000 000 tonnes.
State one year when the mass of Atlantic cod was half this value.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the years when there was a continuous increase in the mass of Atlantic cod for at
least five years.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Suggest reasons for the trend shown between 1990 and 1995.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.2
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
...........................................................................................................................................
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(i) Describe two features, other than eyesight, visible in Fig. 6.2 that suggest that great BLANK PAGE
white sharks are efficient predators.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Describe how the ancestors of the great white shark developed adaptive features such
as good eyesight.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
[Total: 15]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/42/F/M/20 © UCLES 2020 0610/42/F/M/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2020 0610/42/F/M/20 © UCLES 2020 0610/42/F/M/20
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) The ant-mimic jumping spider, Myrmarachne formicaria, is shown in Fig. 1.1.
Cambridge Assessment International Education The common name of this species describes its behaviour. It is an arachnid that tricks its prey
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education because it looks like the insects that it eats.
* 9 8 4 9 3 1 5 0 1 1 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43
1 hour 15 minutes
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
No Additional Materials are required.
READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST
Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
Fig. 1.1
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES. (i) Suggest which trophic level in a food chain M. formicaria could belong to.
Answer all questions. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Electronic calculators may be used. (ii) State the genus of the spider shown in Fig. 1.1.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
(iii) Some keys use paired choices of features to identify species such as the ant-mimic
jumping spider.
State the name of this type of key.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
This syllabus is regulated for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.
m
m
This document consists of 16 printed pages and 4 blank pages.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 173044/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/43/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(b) Spiders are classified as arachnids. Arachnids are one of the main groups of arthropods. 2 Plants produce glucose in leaves and convert some of it to sucrose.
Fig. 1.2 shows diagrams of six arthropods, four of which are arachnids. (a) (i) Explain how glucose is produced in leaves.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
A B C
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) State the name of the process that plants use to move sucrose from a source to a sink.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Roots can be an example of a sink.
Explain why sometimes roots act as a source rather than a sink.

D E F
not to scale
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 1.2
...........................................................................................................................................
(i) State two common features of all the arthropods, visible in Fig. 1.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2] ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State two common features of all arachnids that can be used to distinguish them from
other arthropods.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) State the letters of the four arachnids shown in Fig. 1.2.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) The features shown in Fig. 1.2 are morphological features. Many traditional methods of
classification used morphology.
State the name of one other type of feature that can also be used in classification.
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
[Total: 10]
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
BLANK PAGE (b) The movement of sucrose in plants can be modelled using laboratory apparatus.
Fig. 2.1 shows the apparatus used to model the movement of sucrose in a plant:
• Partially permeable bags were attached tightly to the ends of tube Q.

• The bag representing a source was filled with a coloured sucrose solution.
• The bag representing a sink was filled with water.
• The containers and tube Q and tube S were filled with water.
tube Q
bag representing a
source containing a
coloured sucrose
solution bag representing
a sink containing
partially water
permeable
membrane P partially permeable
membrane R
water
tube S
Fig. 2.1
Fig. 2.2 shows the position of the coloured sucrose solution 30 minutes after the apparatus
was set up.
The arrows show the direction of the movement of the liquids.
movement of sucrose solution

tube Q
bag representing a
source
bag representing
a sink
partially
permeable
membrane P partially permeable
membrane R
water
tube S
movement of water
Fig. 2.2
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(i) State the name of the tissue represented by tube Q and the name of the tissue 3 Carbohydrates are an important component of a balanced diet.
represented by tube S in Fig. 2.2.
The flow chart in Fig. 3.1 shows some of the processes that happen to carbohydrates in food that
Q ....................................................................................................................................... is eaten.
S ........................................................................................................................................ ingestion of large biological molecules

[2]
(ii) Explain why the sucrose solution moves along tube Q in the model in Fig. 2.2.
...........................................................................................................................................
chemical digestion
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... absorption into the blood via the alimentary canal
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
increase in blood glucose concentration
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
assimilation in the liver
(c) In plants the movement of sucrose is usually continuous. However, after 2 hours the
movement of sucrose in tube Q in Fig. 2.2 stopped. Fig. 3.1
Suggest why the movement of sucrose in tube Q stopped.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(d) Amino acids are also transported through plants.
State the name of the mineral ion that is used to make amino acids.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 14]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(a) Describe what happens to carbohydrates in the human body between ingestion and BLANK PAGE
assimilation in the liver.
Use the information in Fig. 3.1 as a guide.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [8]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(b) Mineral salts are another important component of a balanced diet. (d) The volunteers were divided into two groups.
State the importance of calcium ions and iron ions in a balanced diet. The mass of salt consumed by both groups was changed every 4 weeks:
• low salt intake for 4 weeks
calcium ions .............................................................................................................................. • medium salt intake for 4 weeks
• high salt intake for 4 weeks.
...................................................................................................................................................
In addition, group 2 was given other changes to their diet but group 1 was not.
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) Suggest one component of the diet of group 2, other than salt, that the doctors changed
iron ions .................................................................................................................................... to further reduce the risk of developing CHD.
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
................................................................................................................................................... The systolic blood pressure of the volunteers was measured every 4 weeks.
[4] These results are shown in Fig. 3.2.
(c) Consuming too much of some mineral salts, such as sodium chloride, increases the risk of 18.0
developing coronary heart disease (CHD). Key:
17.5 group 1
Doctors studied the effect of diet on the risk of developing CHD.
group 2
The doctors first selected volunteers who had a high salt diet. average systolic 17.0
blood pressure
16.5
The doctors assessed the volunteers’ overall risk of developing CHD and monitored their / kPa
blood pressure.
16.0
(i) List two factors, other than diet and blood pressure, that the doctors considered when
assessing the overall risk of the volunteers developing CHD. 15.5
1 ........................................................................................................................................ 15.0
low medium high
2 ........................................................................................................................................ salt intake
[2]
Fig. 3.2
(ii) The doctors used urine tests to identify volunteers who had a high salt diet.
(ii) Calculate the percentage increase in the average systolic blood pressure of the group 1
Explain why urine tests are a good indicator of how much salt has been consumed. volunteers when they increased their salt intake from low to high.
........................................................................................................................................... low salt intake ............................... kPa
........................................................................................................................................... high salt intake ............................... kPa
........................................................................................................................................... Give your answer to the nearest whole number.
........................................................................................................................................... Space for working.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
.......................................................... %
e.
e.
at
at
[3]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(iii) The doctors concluded that some diets reduce the risk of CHD. (b) Ecologists in one country were concerned that some mammals had been affected by
deforestation.
Give evidence from Fig. 3.2 to support this conclusion.
Fig. 4.1 is a diagram showing how deforestation affected one area of forest.
...........................................................................................................................................
Key:
...........................................................................................................................................
forest
........................................................................................................................................... cleared land
........................................................................................................................................... original forest
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
many trees were cut down
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 23] small forest area
4 Forest ecosystems are threatened by many human activities. remaining forest

large forest area
(a) (i) Describe reasons why people cut down forests.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
...........................................................................................................................................
The ecologists studied eight species of mammal. They recorded how many of the small and
...........................................................................................................................................
large areas of the remaining forest contained each of the eight species.
...........................................................................................................................................
Two species, the black rat and the house mouse, are not usually found in this forest
ecosystem. They were introduced to the area by humans many years ago before any trees
...........................................................................................................................................
were cut down.
...........................................................................................................................................
The other six species are known to live in this forest ecosystem.
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Describe how forests can be conserved.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Table 4.1 5 Genetic engineering is an example of an important biotechnology.
percentage of small percentage of large (a) Complete the passage below by filling in each space with a suitable word.
average body
species of mammal forest areas containing forest areas containing
mass / g
the species the species
DNA is a biological molecule found in the ................................................. of an animal cell.
house mouse* 18 46 42
brown antechinus 40 62 83 The sequence of the ................................................. in mRNA determines the order of the
swamp rat 130 15 25 amino acids that will be assembled into a ................................................. .
bush rat 160 85 100
black rat* 200 15 0
When carrying out genetic engineering, sections of human DNA called
southern brown bandicoot 850 31 92
long-nosed potoroo 1100 8 17 ................................................. are cut using restriction enzymes. Next bacterial plasmids
long-nosed bandicoot 1300 8 25 are cut with the ................................................. restriction enzymes to form complementary
*introduced species
................................................. ends.
(i) State which mammal in Table 4.1 showed almost no preference between small and large
areas of forest.
The cut section of human DNA is inserted into the cut plasmid and they are joined together
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
to form a ................................................. plasmid. These plasmids are inserted into
(ii) The ecologists made a hypothesis:
................................................. and replication occurs. This process is used to produce
‘Larger areas of forest are better for the conservation of mammals.’
human ................................................. that is used to treat people with diabetes.
Discuss the evidence from Table 4.1 to support or reject this hypothesis.
[9]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) In addition to genetic engineering, enzymes are also useful in other biotechnologies.
...........................................................................................................................................
State two examples of how enzymes are used in another biotechnology.
...........................................................................................................................................
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 11]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 11]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
6 Fig. 6.1 is a photomicrograph of a blood clot. (b) State the importance of blood clotting.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
L
...................................................................................................................................................
J
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
M (c) There are four blood group phenotypes A, B, AB and O in humans.
(i) Define the term phenotype.
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 6.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
(a) Describe how a blood clot forms. ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Use the letters in Fig. 6.1 in your answer. (ii) State the name of the type of inheritance that is shown by blood groups.
................................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
................................................................................................................................................... (iii) State the two possible genotypes for a person who has the phenotype blood group A.
................................................................................................................................................... 1 ........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 11]
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/43/O/N/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/43/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 (a) Fig. 1.1 shows four arthropods.
Cambridge Assessment International Education

Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 1 0 7 2 4 3 2 1 9 0 *
A
BIOLOGY 0610/42
B
1 hour 15 minutes
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs. C D
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
not to scale
Answer all questions.
Fig. 1.1
Electronic calculators may be used.
(i) State two features, visible in Fig. 1.1, that are common to all arthropods.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question. 1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 173043/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/42/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(ii) Fig. 1.2 is a dichotomous key for the arthropods shown in Fig. 1.1. (b) The Hawaiian happy-face spider, Theridion grallator, is found on several of the Hawaiian
islands. Some of the spiders have a very distinctive pattern on their bodies as shown in
Complete Fig. 1.2 by writing suitable statements in: Fig. 1.3.
• box 2 to identify species B
• box 3 to separate species C and A.
START
box 1 yes
animal has more than ten pairs of legs D
no
box 2 yes
B
no
box 3
yes
A
no Fig. 1.3
C (i) State one feature, visible in Fig. 1.3, that identifies T. grallator as an arachnid.
Fig. 1.2 ..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[2]
(ii) Scientists think that the pattern on the bodies of the spiders is an adaptive feature.
Explain the term adaptive feature with reference to this pattern.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(c) DNA can be extracted from the webs of spiders. This DNA can be used to identify the species BLANK PAGE
of spider that made the web, and the species of prey caught in the web.
Explain how DNA extracted from spider webs can be used to identify different species.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(d) Many species of spider are thought to be endangered.
State three reasons why animal species such as spiders become endangered.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
3 ................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
[3]
[Total: 13]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
2 Fig. 2.1 shows part of a cross-section of the stem of a young sunflower plant. (c) Researchers used carbon dioxide that contained a traceable source of carbon (13C) to
investigate translocation of sucrose from the leaves of bean plants, Phaseolus vulgaris.
Fig. 2.2 shows that glucose produced in photosynthesis is converted to sucrose for
translocation.
carbon dioxide glucose sucrose
Fig. 2.2
Researchers selected four plants, Q, R, S and T, which had leaves that were of similar sizes.
The leaves on the four plants were supplied with 13CO2.
After the leaves had started to make sucrose, the researchers cut away a ring of tissue in
different places as shown in Fig. 2.3. The rings of tissue that were removed from plants R, S
and T contained the phloem.
Q R S T
area Y
Fig. 2.1
(a) Draw a circle around one vascular bundle on Fig. 2.1.

13CO 13CO 13CO 13CO
Label the xylem in the vascular bundle with the letter X. [2] 2 2 2 2
(b) Explain how the cells in area Y are able to support the stem so that it stays upright.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
Key: the positions on the stems where rings of tissue containing phloem were removed.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.3
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
The quantities of sucrose containing 13C in the shoot tips and in the roots were determined. 3 Cells in the lining of the stomach secrete gastric juice, which contains hydrochloric acid and
pepsin.
The results are shown in Table 2.1.
(a) (i) State two roles of hydrochloric acid in the stomach.
Table 2.1
1 ........................................................................................................................................
quantity of sucrose containing 13C / arbitrary units
plant 2 ........................................................................................................................................
shoot tip root [2]
Q 3.24 0.94
(ii) Describe the function of pepsin.
R 0.00 0.44
...........................................................................................................................................
S 4.14 0.00
T 0.00 0.00 ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Describe and explain the effect of removing the phloem on the translocation of sucrose in
plants Q, R, S and T. ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
................................................................................................................................................... (b) Define the term assimilation.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [2]
................................................................................................................................................... (c) There are stem cells in the epithelial tissue that forms the lining of the stomach.
................................................................................................................................................... Explain why these stem cells are necessary.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5] ...................................................................................................................................................
[Total: 10] ............................................................................................................................................. [2]

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(d) The epithelial cells of the small intestine have many microvilli. (e) Lactobacillus is a type of bacterium. A study was carried out to investigate the ability of
Lactobacillus to attach to the epithelial cells that form the lining of the small intestine.
State the role of the microvilli.
Researchers added Lactobacillus bacteria to epithelial cells that had been grown in Petri
................................................................................................................................................... dishes.
................................................................................................................................................... Every 15 minutes, the researchers estimated the average number of bacteria that were
attached to the epithelial cells in the Petri dishes.
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
average number
of bacteria
70
attached to
epithelial cells
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140
time / minutes
Fig. 3.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
Calculate the percentage increase in the average number of bacteria attached to epithelial BLANK PAGE
cells from 45 minutes to 75 minutes.
average number of bacteria at 45 minutes .................. .
average number of bacteria at 75 minutes .................. .
Give your answer to the nearest whole number.
Space for working.
............................................................ %
[3]
[Total: 13]
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
4 (a) Explain how the human gas exchange system is protected against pathogens. (d) Lung cancer is a disease that is strongly linked with smoking tobacco.
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 4.1 shows some data about smoking and lung cancer in country A between 1900 and
2020 (2020 data has been estimated):
...................................................................................................................................................
• percentage of the male population that smoke tobacco
................................................................................................................................................... • percentage of the female population that smoke tobacco
• number of deaths in males from lung cancer per 100 000 of the male population
................................................................................................................................................... • number of deaths in females from lung cancer per 100 000 of the female population.
................................................................................................................................................... percentage of deaths from

population that lung cancer per
smoke tobacco 100 000
...................................................................................................................................................
100 100
................................................................................................................................................... 90 90
80 80
...................................................................................................................................................
70 70
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
60 60
(b) Tuberculosis (TB) is a transmissible disease caused by a bacterial pathogen. The spread of 50 50
this disease can be controlled by vaccination.
40 40
Explain how vaccination provides a defence against transmissible diseases. 30 30
20 20
...................................................................................................................................................
10 10
...................................................................................................................................................
0 0
1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020
................................................................................................................................................... year
Key:
................................................................................................................................................... percentage of population that smoke tobacco deaths from lung cancer per 100 000
male female male female
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) Describe the differences between the percentages of males and females in country A
................................................................................................................................................... that smoke as shown in Fig. 4.1.
................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4] ...........................................................................................................................................
(c) TB is a disease that can be treated with antibiotics. HIV infection cannot be treated with ...........................................................................................................................................
antibiotics.
...........................................................................................................................................
Explain why viral diseases cannot be treated with antibiotics.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
(ii) Fig. 4.2 shows the same smoking statistics for country B between 1950 and 2020.
co
co
e.
e.
...................................................................................................................................................
at
at
-m
-m
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
percentage of deaths from 5 Grass plants are wind-pollinated. Fig. 5.1 shows a flower from a species of grass plant.
population that lung cancer per
smoke tobacco 100 000
100 100
90 90 A
80 80
70 70
60 60
B
50 50 D
40 40
30 30 C
20 20
10 10
0 0
1900 1920 1940 1960 1980 2000 2020 Fig. 5.1
Key: year
(a) (i) Describe and explain how the features of the flower shown in Fig. 5.1 are adaptations for
percentage of population that smoke tobacco deaths from lung cancer per 100 000 wind-pollination.
male female male female
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 4.2
...........................................................................................................................................
Discuss the evidence for and against this statement:
...........................................................................................................................................
‘The changes in the percentage of the population that smoke tobacco, and the deaths
from lung cancer per 100 000, follow the same trends in males and in females.’ ...........................................................................................................................................
Use the information for country A in Fig. 4.1 and country B in Fig. 4.2 in your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) State one letter in Fig. 5.1 that identifies a structure where meiosis occurs.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... .................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
...........................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
at
at
-m
-m
[Total: 19]
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(b) Wheat has flowers similar to those in Fig. 5.1, but reproduces by self-pollination. (d) Black stem rust is a disease of wheat that is caused by a fungus.
Explain the consequences of self-pollination for a population of plants. Plant breeders used two varieties of wheat to produce a variety of wheat that is both
rust-resistant and has a high yield.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 5.2 shows the breeding programme that was used.
...................................................................................................................................................
step 1 rust-resistant variety of × variety of wheat with a high yield
................................................................................................................................................... wheat with a low yield
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
step 2 new variety 1 × variety of wheat with a high yield
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
step 3 selected rust-resistant offspring × variety of wheat with a high yield
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(c) Wheat is an important crop plant in many countries. Wheat can be infected by diseases
leading to total loss of the crop which results in famine.
Outline factors, other than plant diseases, that can cause famines. repeat step 3 for several generations
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... rust-resistant variety with a high yield
................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 5.2

................................................................................................................................................... (i) Suggest how plant breeders make sure that the plants that they use for step 3 are
rust-resistant.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Suggest why step 3 is repeated for many generations before the new rust-resistant
variety is made available for farmers to grow.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
21 22
(e) Wheat plants are monocotyledons. 6 Carbon dioxide forms approximately 0.04% of the atmosphere.
State one feature of monocotyledons that can be used to distinguish them from dicotyledons. Fig. 6.1 shows part of the carbon cycle.
............................................................................................................................................. [1] carbon dioxide

A B
[Total: 15]
feeding death
plants animals decomposers
death
D
coal, oil, gas
Fig. 6.1
(a) Complete Table 6.1 by naming the processes labelled A to D in Fig. 6.1.
Table 6.1
letter on
name of the process in the carbon cycle
Fig. 6.1
[4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
23 24
(b) Complete the sentences by writing the missing words in the spaces. BLANK PAGE
Carbon dioxide is a greenhouse gas. Greenhouse gases trap .................................................
in the atmosphere. Water vapour is the most common greenhouse gas in the atmosphere.
Another greenhouse gas is methane which is released from .................................................
and ................................................. . Carbon dioxide and methane released from human
activities over the past 200 years have contributed to the .................................................
greenhouse effect.
Other atmospheric pollutants can cause acid rain. One of these is
................................................. which is a waste gas from some power stations.
One source of pollution in both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems is
................................................. plastics. [6]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/42/O/N/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/42/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 All living organisms are placed into groups according to their features.
Myriapods are one of the main groups of arthropods.
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education (a) State two features of myriapods that can be used to distinguish them from other arthropods.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
Fig. 1.1 shows that there are four main groups of arthropods.
arthropods
* 4 0 8 1 1 6 6 6 2 9 *
BIOLOGY 0610/41
1 hour 15 minutes
group 1 group 2 group 3 group 4
Candidates answer on the Question Paper. myriapods
Fig. 1.1
(b) State the names of two of the other groups of arthropods in Fig. 1.1.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs. 1 ................................................................................................................................................
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES. 2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Myriapods can be classified into four classes, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Fig. 1.2 is a dichotomous key that can be used to distinguish the four classes of myriapods.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question. myriapods
no eyes eyes present
hairs on most no hairs on one leg on two legs on

body segments body segments each side of each each side of each
body segment body segment
class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4
Fig. 1.2
m
m
This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 173042/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/41/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(d) Fig. 1.4 is a photograph of the myriapod, Apheloria virginiensis.
species J
species K
5 cm
species L
Fig. 1.4
species M
(i) State the genus name and kingdom name for the myriapod shown in Fig. 1.4.
genus ................................................................................................................................
species N
kingdom .............................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) A. virginiensis releases the poison cyanide when it is attacked by predators.

Cyanide stops enzymes in the mitochondria from functioning.
Suggest why cells die if the mitochondria do not function.

species O
not to scale ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 1.3
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Complete Table 1.1 by using the key in Fig. 1.2 to classify the six myriapods in Fig. 1.3 into
the four classes.
[Total: 10]
Table 1.1
letter(s) of species from

class
Fig. 1.3 in each class
4
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
[3]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 Phloem is used to transport sucrose and amino acids in plants. Sucrose is a carbohydrate. (c) Aphids are used by investigators to discover how plants transport sucrose.
(a) Describe the uses of carbohydrates and amino acids in plants. Fig. 2.2 shows an aphid with its mouthparts inserted into a plant stem to feed on the liquid in
the phloem.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... 5 mm
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(b) Fig. 2.1 shows a diagram of a plant. The arrows point to circles containing magnified
cross-sections of those parts of the plant.
upper surface
Fig. 2.2
A plant was put in a dark cupboard for several days.

Four aphids, A, B, C and D, were then placed on the plant in the dark cupboard as shown in
Fig. 2.3.
dark cupboard
aphid B
aphid C
aphid A
aphid D
not to scale
Fig. 2.1
Label the position of the phloem in each of the three magnified sections in Fig. 2.1.
m
m
co
co
Use a label line and the letter P for each section. [3]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
Fig. 2.3
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(i) Immediately after the aphids were placed on the plant it was observed that: 3 Kidneys are important for excretion.
• all the aphids ingested the same volume of liquid from the phloem (a) Explain the purpose of excretion.
• aphid D ingested the highest concentration of sucrose.
...................................................................................................................................................
Explain why aphid D ingested the highest concentration of sucrose.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) Sketch a simple diagram of a human kidney and its ureter.
...........................................................................................................................................
Label the cortex, medulla and ureter on your diagram.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) Many crop farmers try to prevent insects such as aphids from damaging their plants.
Describe how modern technology is used to reduce damage to crop plants by insects.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Other insects are useful to crop farmers.
Give one example of how insects are useful to farmers.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 14]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(c) Fig. 3.1 is a photomicrograph of a glomerulus in a kidney. (d) Table 3.1 shows some comparisons between a human and a mouse.
Table 3.1
feature human mouse

body mass / kg 60.0 0.025
kidney mass / g 320.0 0.310
water intake / dm3 per day 1.5 0.005
water reabsorption / dm3 per day 179.0 0.168
salt filtration rate / g per day 580.0 0.556
salt reabsorption / g per day 575.0 0.551
(i) Table 3.1 shows that salts are reabsorbed in the kidneys of both humans and mice.
Fig. 3.1 Describe how salts are reabsorbed against a concentration gradient.
(i) Describe the structure of a glomerulus. ...........................................................................................................................................
You may refer to Fig. 3.1 in your answer. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Describe the role of the glomerulus. ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [4]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Scientists stated a hypothesis: 4 (a) The body has defence mechanisms to protect it from infection.
“humans and mice reabsorb salt at almost the same rate in relation to the size of Outline the body’s defence mechanisms.
their kidneys”
...................................................................................................................................................
Determine whether the data in Table 3.1 supports this hypothesis.
...................................................................................................................................................
Show your working.
...................................................................................................................................................
human mouse
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
(b) State the name of a type of drug that can be used to treat bacterial infections.
(iii) Table 3.1 also shows that water is reabsorbed in the kidneys of both humans and mice.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
State the name of the process that mammals use to reabsorb water.
[Total: 6]
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Water and salt are reabsorbed in the kidneys.
State the name of one other molecule that is also reabsorbed in kidney tubules.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 18]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
5 Fig. 5.1 shows an angiogram of a heart before and after treatment for coronary heart disease (b) Many health specialists think that the risk of coronary heart disease can be reduced by doing
(CHD). An angiogram is an image of the blood flow through the blood vessels of the heart. regular exercise.
A long-term study of a large group of women was used to test this hypothesis.
The women were between 35 and 45 years old at the start of the study.
Every two years the same group of women were asked how much they were exercising.
After 28 years the researchers analysed their data:

• They calculated the average time spent exercising per week by each woman.
• They put the women into categories determined by how much exercise they had
done.
• For each category, they calculated the number of women who died from coronary
heart disease (CHD).
2.0
1.8
1.6
before treatment after treatment 1.4

number of CHD
Fig. 5.1 deaths per 1.2
10 000 women
(a) The arrow on Fig. 5.1 shows the position of a blockage in a blood vessel. 1.0
(i) State the name of the blocked blood vessel.

0.8
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
0.6
(ii) The blockage is caused by a blood clot.
0.4
Describe how a blood clot forms.
0.2
...........................................................................................................................................
0.0
........................................................................................................................................... 0.0 0.1 – 2.0 2.1 – 4.0 4.1 – 10.0
........................................................................................................................................... exercise / hours per week
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 5.2
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) State the name of a drug that can be used to treat coronary heart disease.
m
m
co
co
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(i) Calculate the percentage decrease in the number of CHD deaths per 10 000 women (c) Exercise causes heart rate to increase.
between those who did no exercise and those who exercised for 4.1 to 10.0 hours a
week, using the data in Fig. 5.2. Explain why exercise causes an increase in heart rate.
number of CHD deaths per 10 000 women who did no exercise ....................... ...................................................................................................................................................
number of CHD deaths per 10 000 women who did 4.1 to 10.0 hours per week of exercise ...................................................................................................................................................
....................... ...................................................................................................................................................
Give your answer to the nearest whole number. ...................................................................................................................................................
Space for working. ...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
........................................................... % [Total: 16]

[3]
(ii) Health professionals wanted to use the results of this study to encourage the whole 6 Fish are an important part of a balanced diet for many people.
population to take more exercise.
(a) Fish are a good source of vitamin D.
Discuss the arguments for and against health professionals using this study in this way.
State one effect of a diet that is deficient in vitamin D.
Use the information about how the study was designed and the results in Fig. 5.2 in your
arguments. ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (b) Many fish stocks have declined.
........................................................................................................................................... Marine ecologists considered the three topics shown in Fig. 6.1 when they discussed the
decline of fish stocks.
...........................................................................................................................................
reasons why fish species risks to a fish species when
........................................................................................................................................... become endangered population size decreases
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5] methods for maintaining

fish stocks
m
m
Fig. 6.1
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
Describe the key points for each of the three topics shown in Fig. 6.1. 7 Fig. 7.1 shows part of the nitrogen cycle.
................................................................................................................................................... nitrogen in
process A atmosphere
................................................................................................................................................... nitrogen fixation
...................................................................................................................................................
protein
................................................................................................................................................... synthesis proteins in deamination
plant and
amino acids animals and
animal waste
................................................................................................................................................... plants
...................................................................................................................................................
compound X
...................................................................................................................................................
process B
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... nitrate ions

in soil
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 7.1
...................................................................................................................................................
(a) (i) State two ways that nitrogen fixation can occur.
...................................................................................................................................................
1 ........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... [2]
................................................................................................................................................... (ii) State the names of processes A and B in Fig. 7.1.
............................................................................................................................................. [6] process A ..........................................................................................................................
[Total: 7] process B ..........................................................................................................................

[2]
(iii) State the name of compound X in Fig. 7.1.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iv) Define the term deamination.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(b) State the name of the structure in a cell where protein synthesis occurs. BLANK PAGE
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(c) State the name of an enzyme that digests proteins.
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
[Total: 9]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/41/O/N/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/41/O/N/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 Bacteria are classified in the Prokaryote kingdom.
Cambridge Assessment International Education (a) State two features of animal cells that are not found in bacteria.
1 ................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The bacterium Bacillus megaterium was grown in the laboratory fermenter shown in Fig. 1.1.
air lock water

* 1 1 8 0 0 3 8 1 3 2 *
BIOLOGY 0610/43
sterile air
1 hour 15 minutes
No Additional Materials are required. magnetic
stirrer
bacteria, source of
Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in. nitrogen and glucose
Fig. 1.1
(i) Explain why a source of nitrogen and glucose were added to the fermenter.
You may lose marks if you do not show your working or if you do not use appropriate units. nitrogen .............................................................................................................................
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together. ...........................................................................................................................................
glucose ..............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) Suggest why it is important to stir the contents of the fermenter continuously.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 162742/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/43/M/J/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(c) Samples were taken from the fermenter at frequent intervals and the number of live bacteria 2 (a) State the word equation for photosynthesis.
was determined. The results are shown in Fig. 1.2.
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
800
(b) Scientists investigated the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis in the leaves
C
700 of eucalyptus trees at two different concentrations of carbon dioxide, A and B.
600 The results are shown in Fig. 2.1.
rate of photosynthesis
500
number of / μmol per m2 per s
live bacteria D
400 50
/ million per
cm3 B
300 45 B
200 40
100 35
A
0 30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
time / hours 25
A
Fig. 1.2 20
Describe and explain what happens to the number of live bacteria shown in the stages 15
labelled A, B, C and D in Fig. 1.2.
10
...................................................................................................................................................
5
...................................................................................................................................................
0
................................................................................................................................................... 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000
................................................................................................................................................... light intensity / arbitrary units
...................................................................................................................................................
Key:
...................................................................................................................................................
A carbon dioxide concentration
................................................................................................................................................... 140 ppm
B carbon dioxide concentration
................................................................................................................................................... 1000 ppm
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
[Total: 13]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
(i) Suggest and explain why the scientists kept the temperature of the leaves at 20 °C while (iv) Explain the effect of increasing light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis when the
they recorded results. concentration of carbon dioxide was 1000 ppm.
........................................................................................................................................... Use the term limiting factor in your answer.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2] ...........................................................................................................................................
(ii) Calculate the percentage increase in the rate of photosynthesis at a light intensity of ...........................................................................................................................................
1250 arbitrary units when the carbon dioxide concentration was increased from 140 ppm
to 1000 ppm. ...........................................................................................................................................
Show your working and give your answer to the nearest whole number. ...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
[Total: 14]
............................................................ %
[3]
(iii) Describe the effect of increasing light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis when the
concentration of carbon dioxide was 140 ppm.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
BLANK PAGE 3 Cotton, Gossypium hirsutum, is grown for the fibres that form within the fruits after fertilisation, as
shown in Fig. 3.1.
Fibres from the fruits of cotton plants are used in the textile industry.
fibres
Fig. 3.1
Cotton plants have been genetically engineered to produce a protein that is toxic to the caterpillars
of several insect pests. This gives the cotton plants resistance to the pests.
The cry gene for pest resistance was isolated from the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis and
inserted into the cells of cotton plants as shown in Fig. 3.2.
cry gene
A A
bacterial
DNA plasmid
cotton plant cell

m
m
co
co
not to scale
e.
e.
Fig. 3.2
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(a) An enzyme cuts the cry gene from the DNA of B. thuringiensis. (c) Outline the advantages to farmers of growing genetically engineered cotton plants that
contain the toxic protein.
(i) State the name of the enzyme that cuts DNA.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(ii) State the name of the regions labelled A on Fig. 3.2.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) Explain how the DNA is inserted into the plasmid.
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b) The plasmids containing the cry gene are inserted into the cells of cotton plants.
[Total: 12]
Outline how the cells of cotton plants use the cry gene to make the toxic protein.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
4 Mammals have a double circulation. (d) A diagram of a mammalian heart and associated blood vessels is shown in Fig. 4.1.
(a) State what is meant by the term double circulation.
...................................................................................................................................................
A
................................................................................................................................................... L
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
B
(b) Table 4.1 shows some information about the functions of the components of blood.
Complete Table 4.1. C
Table 4.1 K
function type of cell

J D
production of antibodies
phagocyte E
promotes blood clotting
transports oxygen H
[4]
F
(c) Blood is transported in arteries and veins.
G
Complete the drawings of the cross-sections of an artery and a vein to show the differences
between these two types of blood vessel. Label the lumen in each drawing.
Fig. 4.1
(i) Sketch arrows on Fig. 4.1 to show the pathway taken by deoxygenated blood from the
heart towards the lungs. [2]
artery vein m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
[2]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(ii) Table 4.2 contains statements about the structures visible in Fig. 4.1. 5 Sickle-cell anaemia is an inherited disease.
Complete Table 4.2 by: Fig. 5.1 is a photomicrograph of some blood cells from a person who has sickle-cell anaemia.
• stating the name of each structure

• identifying the structure with the corresponding letter from Fig. 4.1.
Table 4.2
statement name of structure letter from Fig. 4.1

chamber that creates the highest
blood pressure
blood vessel containing blood with
the highest concentration of oxygen
structure that prevents blood going
from ventricle to atrium
structure that prevents backflow of
blood from artery to ventricle
chamber that receives blood from a sickle-shaped red blood cell
vena cava
[5] Fig. 5.1
(e) Mammals also have a lymphatic system. (a) Explain how red blood cells become sickle-shaped.
Outline the functions of the lymphatic system. ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 17]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(b) Some people who have sickle-cell anaemia have parents who do not have sickle-cell (ii) The distribution of sickle-cell anaemia is the result of natural selection.
anaemia.
Explain the distribution of the sickle-cell allele in human populations.
Explain how people with sickle-cell anaemia inherit the disease.
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5]
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 14]
(c) Sickle-cell anaemia is most common in areas of the world where the infectious disease
malaria is found.
6 Fig. 6.1 is a photomicrograph of part of a cell from the pancreas that produces enzymes that are
Some species of the genus Plasmodium cause malaria in humans. released into the small intestine.
(i) Define the term species.
...........................................................................................................................................
S
...........................................................................................................................................
P
...........................................................................................................................................
R
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
×20 000
Fig. 6.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(a) (i) Structure Q is part of the nucleus of the cell. BLANK PAGE
State one function of a nucleus.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) State the names of the structures labelled P and R in Fig. 6.1.
P ........................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(b) The structure labelled S transports enzymes to the cell membrane for release into the
pancreatic duct. These structures contain molecules of amylase, trypsin and lipase.
Complete the sentences with the most appropriate words.
Enzymes are made of protein and act as .............................................. because they increase
the rate of chemical reactions, but are not changed in those reactions. Amylase speeds up the
digestion of .............................................. to .............................................. Trypsin continues
the chemical digestion of protein begun by the enzyme .............................................. in the
stomach.
The optimum pH for pancreatic enzymes is greater than pH 7. Bile is produced
by the .............................................. and enters the small intestine, where it
.............................................. stomach acid to provide the appropriate pH. Bile also breaks
down fat by .............................................. to increase the surface area for the action of lipase.
[7]
[Total: 10]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/43/M/J/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/43/M/J/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/43/M/J/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/43/M/J/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
BLANK PAGE

* 5 9 1 3 2 7 4 2 5 9 *
BIOLOGY 0610/41
1 hour 15 minutes

m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/CT) 162740/4
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/41/M/J/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
1 All commercial breeds of sheep belong to the species Ovis aries. (c) Merino sheep in South Africa have high quality wool with very thin hairs.
(a) Define the term species. Breeders in New Zealand have used selective breeding programmes to improve the wool of
their sheep to match the quality of South African wool.
...................................................................................................................................................
Describe the steps that breeders would take to breed sheep that have wool with very thin
................................................................................................................................................... hairs.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2] ...................................................................................................................................................
The Merino is a breed of sheep that is farmed mainly for its wool. The wool is very thick and is ...................................................................................................................................................
made of lots of very thin hairs.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 1.1 shows a female Merino sheep with her newborn lamb.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [5]
(d) Explain how natural selection differs from selective breeding.
...................................................................................................................................................
Fig. 1.1 ...................................................................................................................................................
(b) The presence of hair is a feature that is only found in mammals. ...................................................................................................................................................
State two other features that distinguish mammals from all other vertebrates. ...................................................................................................................................................
1 ................................................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................
2 ................................................................................................................................................ ...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 12]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 The rate of photosynthesis of terrestrial plants can be determined by measuring the uptake of (c) A student used the apparatus shown in Fig. 2.1 to investigate the effect of temperature on the
carbon dioxide. rate of photosynthesis of the leaves of Chinese plantain, Plantago asiatica, at two different
concentrations of carbon dioxide, A and B.
(a) Explain why plants take up carbon dioxide during photosynthesis.
Fig. 2.2 shows the results of the investigation.
...................................................................................................................................................
40
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
35
................................................................................................................................................... B
1000 ppm CO2
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) The rate of photosynthesis of parts of individual leaves can be measured using a hand-held 30
device as shown in Fig. 2.1.
25
/ μmol per m2 per s A
370 ppm CO2
20
15
10
5
transparent chamber
Fig. 2.1
This apparatus allows air to flow through the transparent chamber that encloses part of the 0
leaf. The apparatus measures the carbon dioxide concentration of the air entering and leaving 10 20 30 40
the chamber.
temperature of leaves / °C
Explain how the results from the apparatus can be used to calculate the rate of photosynthesis.
Fig. 2.2
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) State one environmental factor that should have been kept constant in this investigation.
...................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...................................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(ii) Describe the effect of temperature on the rate of photosynthesis when carbon dioxide (v) The student concluded that carbon dioxide concentration is the factor limiting the rate of
concentration A was supplied. photosynthesis between 30 °C and 35 °C for the results shown for A in Fig. 2.2.
Use the data from Fig. 2.2 in your answer. State the evidence for this conclusion.
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
(iii) Calculate the percentage increase in the rate of photosynthesis at 30 °C when the carbon
dioxide concentration was increased from A to B as shown in Fig. 2.2.
Show your working and give your answer to the nearest whole number.
............................................................ %
[2]
(iv) Explain the effect of increasing temperature on the rate of photosynthesis for carbon
dioxide concentration B.
Use the term limiting factor in your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(d) A similar investigation was carried out on Arizona honeysweet, Tidestromia oblongifolia, that BLANK PAGE
grows in Death Valley in California where the highest temperatures may be greater than
45 °C.
40
35
30
25
/ μmol per m2 per s 20
15
10
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
temperature of leaves / °C
Fig. 2.3
Predict and explain what would happen to the rate of photosynthesis if the investigation is
continued at temperatures higher than 45 °C.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [2]
[Total: 16]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
3 (a) Complete the five sentences about the eye and the nervous system. (c) Fig. 3.1 shows the junction between two neurones.
Structures in the eye change the shape of the lens so that the eye can focus on near and
A
distant objects. This is called .............................................. .
presynaptic neurone
The radial and circular muscles in the iris of the eye are a pair of ..............................................
enzyme that
muscles that work against each other.
breaks down
neurotransmitter
molecules B
Muscles in the eye are controlled by the nervous system. The ..............................................
postsynaptic neurone
nervous system contains only sensory and motor neurones.
The .............................................. nerve from the eye contains sensory neurones that conduct
impulses to the .............................................. .

[5]
Fig. 3.1
(b) Transmission of impulses relies on the flow of ions through the cell membranes of neurones
down their concentration gradients. Active transport is responsible for maintaining the Many drugs interfere with the action of neurotransmitters at the junctions between neurones.
concentration gradients of ions across the membranes of neurones.
Two drugs that influence the transmission of impulses between neurones are atropine and
Explain how ions are moved across membranes by active transport. eserine. The actions of these drugs are shown in Table 3.1.
................................................................................................................................................... Table 3.1
................................................................................................................................................... drug action at junctions between neurones
................................................................................................................................................... atropine blocks receptor molecules for neurotransmitters
eserine blocks the enzyme that breaks down neurotransmitters

...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
Explain the effects of these two drugs on the nervous system using the information in Fig. 3.1 4 (a) Table 4.1 shows four structures associated with the human male reproductive system.
and Table 3.1.
Complete Table 4.1 by identifying the level of organisation of each structure.
...................................................................................................................................................
Choose your answers from the list.
...................................................................................................................................................
cell cell structure organ
...................................................................................................................................................
organ system organism tissue
...................................................................................................................................................
Table 4.1
...................................................................................................................................................
structure level of organisation
...................................................................................................................................................
epithelium
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... nucleus
................................................................................................................................................... sperm
................................................................................................................................................... testis
................................................................................................................................................... [4]
................................................................................................................................................... (b) Fig. 4.1 shows the male reproductive system.
................................................................................................................................................... F
............................................................................................................................................. [6]
(d) A scientific paper was published in 1997 that described the effects of anabolic steroids
on female athletes. Many of these athletes achieved great success in international sport
competitions during the 1960s and 1970s.
Discuss the arguments against the use of anabolic steroids in sport.

A
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
E
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
D
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
C B
[Total: 17]
m
m
co
co
Fig. 4.1
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
Table 4.2 shows information about the male reproductive system shown in Fig. 4.1. 5 (a) Tissue plasminogen activators (TPAs) are human proteins that are used as drugs to break
down blood clots.
Complete Table 4.2.
TPAs break down blood clots by activating plasminogen. Plasminogen is a protein that is
Table 4.2 always present in the blood.
name of structure function letter in Fig. 4.1 When activated, plasminogen forms a protease that breaks down fibrin molecules.
testis (i) Plasminogen is found in the plasma.
State what is meant by the term plasma.

transports sperm but not urine
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
tube for urine and seminal fluid
through the penis (ii) State the products of the action of protease on the protein fibrin.
prostate gland ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
TPAs can be produced by genetically-engineered bacteria.

contains the testes
Fig. 5.1 shows some of the stages involved in genetically engineering a bacterium to make a TPA.
[5]
(c) Draw an X on Fig. 4.1 on the structure where meiosis occurs. [1]
(d) Sperm and eggs each have a nucleus which is haploid.

X
(i) Define the term haploid nucleus.
DNA removed TPA gene
........................................................................................................................................... from a human A
cell
........................................................................................................................................... DNA removed
from a bacterial
..................................................................................................................................... [1] cell
B
(ii) State the number of chromosomes in a human haploid nucleus.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 12]
not to scale
Fig. 5.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
17 18
(b) (i) State the name of structure A in Fig. 5.1. 6 Fig. 6.1 shows some cells from the shoot tip of an onion, Allium cepa.
..................................................................................................................................... [1] M
(ii) In the flow chart, X represents the action of an enzyme on a molecule of DNA.
State the name of this enzyme.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) The TPA gene is inserted into structure A.

cell A
Explain how the gene is inserted into structure A to form structure B as shown in Fig. 5.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
Fig. 6.1
(iv) Before TPA was made by genetically-engineered bacteria it was only available from
(a) (i) State the evidence visible in Fig. 6.1 that identifies the cells of A. cepa as plant cells.
blood donated by people.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Suggest one advantage of producing TPA by genetically-engineered bacteria.
(ii) Cell A is dividing by mitosis.
...........................................................................................................................................
State the role of mitosis in a shoot tip.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
(v) The genetically-engineered bacteria produce mRNA that is a copy of the human TPA
gene.
...........................................................................................................................................
Explain the role of mRNA in the bacterium.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
m
m
[Total: 10]
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
19 20
(b) The area labelled M is a mitochondrion. (d) Some cells in shoot tips become leaf cells and others become cells in the stem or in flowers.
Explain why mitochondria have an important role in dividing cells. Explain why it is important that only some of the genes in cell A are expressed in these cells.
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3] ............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(c) Cells just behind a shoot tip absorb water and grow in length. A plant hormone stimulates cell [Total: 13]
elongation and controls the response of stems to gravity.
(i) State the name of the plant hormone that stimulates cell elongation in stems.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(ii) Explain how the response of stems to gravity is controlled.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [4]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
2
1 The kidney is one of the main excretory organs of the body.
Cambridge Assessment International Education (a) Define the term excretion.

...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
* 7 8 6 9 8 4 1 0 1 9 *
BIOLOGY 0610/42
(b) One of the roles of the kidney is to filter the blood.
1 hour 15 minutes Fig. 1.1 shows a section of a kidney.
No Additional Materials are required. A
Answer all questions. C

B
Fig. 1.1
State the name of the parts labelled A, B and C on Fig. 1.1.
A ...............................................................................................................................................
B ...............................................................................................................................................
C ...............................................................................................................................................
[3]
m
m
This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
DC (ST/SG) 165036/2
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/42/F/M/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
3 4
(c) Table 1.1 shows the concentrations of four solutes: (iv) State the reason for the difference in the concentration of glucose between the fluid in
the kidney tubule and the urine.
• in the blood in the renal artery
• in the fluid in the kidney tubule ...........................................................................................................................................
• in the urine.
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Table 1.1
(d) Dialysis is a treatment used for people with kidney failure.
solute concentration / g dm–3
Some people with kidney failure are given a kidney transplant.
solute blood in the fluid in the
urine
renal artery kidney tubule State the advantages of having a kidney transplant instead of dialysis.
glucose 0.9 0.9 0.0 ...................................................................................................................................................
protein 83.0 0.0 0.0
...................................................................................................................................................
salts 8.0 8.0 16.5
...................................................................................................................................................
urea 0.2 0.2 20.0
...................................................................................................................................................
(i) Calculate the percentage increase in the concentration of urea between the blood in the
renal artery and the urine. ...................................................................................................................................................
Show your working. ...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 15]
............................................................ %
[2]
(ii) Describe the results for the concentration of salts shown in Table 1.1.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) State the reason for the difference in the concentration of protein between the blood in
the renal artery and the fluid in the kidney tubule.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
5 6
2 (a) Fig. 2.1 shows some flowers of a snapdragon plant, Antirrhinum majus. (b) Petal colour in the flowers of snapdragon plants shows co-dominance.
Snapdragons are insect-pollinated plants. The gene for petal colour has two co-dominant alleles:
• CR for red petals

• CW for white petals
Table 2.1 shows the genotypes and phenotypes of snapdragon plants with different petal
colours.
Table 2.1
genotype phenotype
C RC R red
CWCW white
C RC W pink
(i) Explain the term co-dominance.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
Fig. 2.1 ...........................................................................................................................................
(i) State one feature visible in Fig. 2.1 that suggests these flowers are insect-pollinated. ...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1] ..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) State how self-pollination differs from cross-pollination.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(iii) Suggest why self-pollination might be advantageous to a population of plants.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
..................................................................................................................................... [3]
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
7 8
(ii) A botanist crossed two snapdragon plants with pink flowers. 3 Reflexes are simple responses that protect the body.
Complete the genetic diagram to show the ratio of expected phenotypes in the offspring. (a) The letters A to G show the components involved in a reflex action.
parental phenotypes pink flower × pink flower A stimulus

B motor neurone
C sensory neurone
parental genotypes CRCW × CRCW D receptor cell
E response
F relay neurone
G effector
gametes ........... ........... ........... ...........
Put the letters into the correct sequence involved in a reflex action. Two have been done for
you.
A E
[1]
(b) Impulses travel along neurones.
Describe how impulses pass from one neurone to another neurone across a synapse.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
offspring genotypes .................... .................... .................... ....................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
offspring phenotypes .................... .................... .................... ....................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
phenotypic ratio .................................................................................................................
[4] ...................................................................................................................................................
(iii) The botanist wanted to produce a generation of snapdragons that all had pink flowers. ...................................................................................................................................................
State the phenotypes of the parent plants that the botanist would need to cross. ............................................................................................................................................. [4]
Explain your answer.
parent phenotypes ............................................................................................................
explanation ........................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
m
m
[Total: 13]
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
9 10
(c) Drugs such as heroin affect the nervous system. When users stop taking heroin they may 4 Pollution is the harm done to the environment by the release of substances from human activities.
experience withdrawal symptoms.
Table 4.1 shows the names of some pollutants, their sources and their effects on the environment.
(i) Outline the short-term effects of heroin on the body.
Table 4.1
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... pollutant source effect on environment
...........................................................................................................................................
acid rain
...........................................................................................................................................
enhanced greenhouse
carbon dioxide
........................................................................................................................................... effect
enhanced greenhouse
........................................................................................................................................... cattle and rice farming
effect
..................................................................................................................................... [3] fertilisers crop farming eutrophication

(ii) State two withdrawal symptoms that heroin users may experience.
(a) Complete Table 4.1. [4]
...........................................................................................................................................
(b) When fertiliser is applied to fields, it can lead to eutrophication in lakes and rivers.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
(i) Describe and explain what happens in lakes when eutrophication occurs.
(iii) Suggest why heroin abuse may increase criminal activity.
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 11]
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [6]
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
11 12
(ii) Suggest ways in which a farmer could reduce the chances of eutrophication occurring 5 Scientists investigated the effect of cuticle thickness on water loss from the leaves of the balsam
when applying fertiliser to crops. fir tree, Abies balsamea.
........................................................................................................................................... The leaves were divided into three groups:
........................................................................................................................................... A – thick cuticle

B – medium cuticle
........................................................................................................................................... C – thin cuticle
........................................................................................................................................... Samples of leaves from each group were weighed. The leaves were placed on a tray in dry air at
20 °C. The samples of leaves were reweighed, at intervals, over 15 hours.
..................................................................................................................................... [2]
The scientists calculated the mass of each sample of leaves as a percentage of the initial mass.
[Total: 12]
100
95
mass of the 90
leaves as a
percentage
of the initial
mass 85
80 B
75
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
time / hours
Fig. 5.1
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
13 14
(a) (i) Describe and explain the results shown in Fig. 5.1. (c) Water is one of the raw materials needed for the production of sugars in photosynthesis.
........................................................................................................................................... (i) State the name of the other raw material needed for photosynthesis.
........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]
........................................................................................................................................... (ii) State three ways a plant uses the sugars produced in photosynthesis.
........................................................................................................................................... 1 ........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 2 ........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 3 ........................................................................................................................................
[3]
...........................................................................................................................................
[Total: 14]
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... 6 Fig. 6.1 is a diagram of the virus that causes measles.
...........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [5] X
(ii) The investigation was repeated on a day when the air humidity was higher.
Suggest and explain the effect that this would have on the results.
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Y
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1
..................................................................................................................................... [3] (a) (i) State the name of the parts of the virus shown in Fig. 6.1 labelled X and Y.
(b) The leaves of pine trees show xerophytic features. Stems and roots also show xerophytic X ........................................................................................................................................
adaptations.
Y ........................................................................................................................................
State one adaptation of the stem and one adaptation of the root in xerophytes. [2]
stem .......................................................................................................................................... (ii) Bacteria belong to the Prokaryote kingdom.
root ........................................................................................................................................... State two ways in which the structure of bacteria differs from the structure of viruses.
[2]
1 ........................................................................................................................................
m
m
co
co
e.
e.
2 ........................................................................................................................................
at
at
[2]
-m
-m
m
m
xa
xa
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w
w
15 16
(b) Viruses and some bacteria are pathogenic. Diseases caused by pathogens are transmissible. BLANK PAGE
(i) State two ways that a pathogen can be transmitted indirectly.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) The body has barriers to defend itself against pathogens.
State two mechanical barriers of the body.
1 ........................................................................................................................................
2 ........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(c) Some white blood cells produce antibodies as part of the body’s defence against pathogens.
Describe the role of antibodies in defence of the body.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [4]
(d) The immunity gained after infection by a pathogen is active immunity.
Explain how active immunity differs from passive immunity.
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
................................................................................................................................................... publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
m
m
...................................................................................................................................................
co
co
e.
e.
at
at
............................................................................................................................................. [3]
-m
-m
m
m
[Total: 15]
xa
xa
© UCLES 2019 0610/42/F/M/19 © UCLES 2019 0610/42/F/M/19
.e
.e
w
w
w
w
w

Biology 20-23 Paper 4

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Biology 20-23 Paper 4

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2

1 (a) Fig. 1.1 is a diagram of an insect‑pollinated flower.

Paper 4 Theory (Extended) October/November 2023 F

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

This document has 16 pages. 2 ........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [5] Fig. 2.1

dioxide is a ............................................................................ for photosynthesis.

During photosynthesis, ...................................... molecules of carbon dioxide are required to

make one molecule of glucose.

leaves act as a ...................................... .

transferred to ...................................... energy.

reduced loss of ............................................................................ from the leaves.

The data are shown in Fig. 3.2.

........................................................................................................................................... ........................... breaths per minute [1]

..................................................................................................................................... [3] The data are shown in Fig. 3.3.

........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 3.3

........................................................................................................................................... the mechanism of .............................................................................................. returns the

........................................................................................................................................... temperature to the set point.

........................................................................................................................................... (b) State why bacteria are useful in biotechnology.

........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [3]

Explain why this is important for enzyme function.

number of stomata per mm2

.................................. stomata [1]

(ii) Explain the data shown in Table 6.1.

0.9 7.5 7.5

Give your answer to two significant figures.

Space for working.

This document has 20 pages. Any blank pages are indicated.

........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 2.1

..................................................................................................................................... [1] (a) Describe what is meant by an adaptive feature.

............................................................................................................................................. [1] ...................................................................................................................................................

(e) State two uses of water in a plant. ............................................................................................................................................. [2]

Table 2.1 shows the results.

mean number of stomata per mm2

plant in upper epidermis in lower epidermis

........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [5]

........................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................... [1]

........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 14]

Fig. 3.1 Fig. 3.2

(a) Identify the parts labelled X and Y in Fig. 3.2.

Explain how the shape of the receptor proteins is determined. 40

........................................................................................................................................... Fig. 4.1

..................................................................................................................................... [2] ..................................................... °C [1]

................................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [2]

................................................................................................................................................... [Total: 12]

(b) Explain the advantages of a double circulatory system.

(c) Fig. 5.1 shows part of the circulatory system of a mammal.

absorption of the products of digestion into the blood ....................................................... 1 ................................................................................................................................................

excretion of carbon dioxide from the body ........................................................................ 2 ................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... Fig. 6.1 shows the results.

rapidly to 0 arbitrary units at ....................................... months. ...................................................................................................................................................

immediately after birth. ...................................................................................................................................................

....................................... arbitrary units at 4 months. ...................................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................................................. [1]

........................................................................................................................................... [Total: 15]

Cambridge IGCSE™ Key

You must answer on the question paper.

No additional materials are needed.

(iv) State the main site of progesterone production during pregnancy.

This document has 16 pages.

Step 1 Convert the average starting diameter of a follicle to millimetres (mm).

Step 2 Calculate the percentage increase.

............................................................ % (ii) Cell M in Fig. 2.1 secretes mucus.